8 Spec154 General Reequirements

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

1 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS FORKHURSANIYAH INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES - KISF

KHURSANIYAH

SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY

THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc

Saudi Aramco 2616-ENG (03/99)

SAUDI ARABIA

REV.NO.SHT.NO.DRAWING NO.INDEXPLANT NO.DWG.TYPE

(DETAILED ENGINEERING)

JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

(DIVISION 1 TO 5)

FOR

KHURSANIYAH INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES-KISF KHURSANIYAH, SAUDI ARABIA


BI-10-8014

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

JUNE 2005

PREPARED BY:

ZUHAIR FAYEZ PARTNERSHIP AL-KHOBAR, SAUDI ARABIA

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

2 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01000 GENERAL TERMS & DEFINITIONS 01030 FIELD ENGINEERING 01320 CODES & STANDARDS 01340 SUBMITTALS, SUBSTITUTIONS, SCHEDULES AND GUARANTEES 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01600 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS 01700 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 01710 CLEAN-UP

DIVISION 2 – SITE WORK

SECTION 02070 DEMOLITION

02110 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02200 EARTHWORK 02444 CHAIN LINK FENCING 02450 CONCRETE WALKWAYS, RAMPS & PREFABRICATED CONCRETE CURBS AND CURBS & GUTTERS

02513 BASE COURSE & ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02577 PAVEMENT MARKING 02630 RTR (FIBERGLASS REINFORCED THERMOSETTING PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS) 02640 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 02667 SITE WATER LINES

02732 SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02900 TERMITE PROTECTION

DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03320 CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE

DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04200 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY

DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL

05126 SPACE FRAMING 05300 METAL ROOF DECK 05400 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METAL 05580 SHEET METAL FABRICATION 05720 ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS & RALING

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

3 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01000 - GENERAL TERMS & DEFINITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The following general terms and definitions shall apply throughout this

specification: 1. “Company Representative” means a party or parties duly authorized by

SAUDI ARAMCO to act on behalf of SAUDI ARAMCO, with whom CONTRACTOR may consult at all reasonable times, and whose instructions, requests and decisions shall be binding on SAUDI ARAMCO as to all matters pertaining to this Contract.

2. “Contractor Representative” means a party or parties duly authorized by

CONTRACTOR to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR, with whom SAUDI ARAMCO may consult at all reasonable times, and whose instructions, requests, and decisions shall be binding on CONTRACTOR as to all matters pertaining to this Contract.

3. “FACILITIES” means the structures or items being constructed, installed or

repaired by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Contract. 4. “WORK” means all the work and services to be performed by

CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Contract. 5. “WORK Site” means all locations at which CONTRACTOR performs any

portion of the WORK.

B. DEFINITIONS 1. General: Basic contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the

Contract. 2. Indicated: The term “indicated” refers to graphic representations, notes, or

schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specification and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as shown, noted, scheduled and specified are used to help the reader locate the reference. There is no limitation on location.

3. Directed: Terms such as “directed”, “requested”, “authorized”, “selected”,

“approved”, “required” and “permitted” mean, directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect and similar phrases.

SECTION 01000

1 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

4 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

4. Approve: The term “approved”, when used in conjunction, with the Architect’s action on the Contractor submittals, applicants, and requests, is limited to the Architect’s duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contact.

5. Regulation: The term “regulations” includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and

lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the work.

6. Furnish: The term “furnish” means supply and deliver to the Project site,

ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar operations.

7. Install: The term “install” describes operations at the Project site including

the actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, clearing and similar operations.

8. Provide: The term “provides” means to furnish and install, complete and

ready for the intended use. 9. Installer: An “installer” is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the

Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform.

10. The term “experienced”, when used with the term installer means having a

minimum of five (5) previous projects similar in size and scope to this project, being familiar with the special requirements indicated and having complied with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

(Not applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION

(Not applicable)

END OF SECTION

SECTION 01000

2 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

5 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 01030 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Check grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on drawings and verify all site conditions.

B. Report promptly to Company Representative in writing, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions and receive clarification before beginning of WORK.

C. Assume responsibility for correctness of all grades, lines, levels, dimensions and location of all constructed FACILITIES.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURVEYOR

Provide a qualified land surveyor, subject to approval of SAUDI ARAMCO, to perform the following:

3.02 LAYOUT

Verify layout information shown on the drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks before preceding to layout the WORK. Protect existing benchmarks and control points. Preserve permanent reference points during construction.

A. Do not change or relocate benchmarks or control points without prior written

approval. Report lost or destroyed reference points, or requirements to relocate reference points because of necessary changes in grades or locations.

B. Promptly replace lost or destroyed project control points. Base replacements on

the original survey control points. 3.03 BENCHMARKS

Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to date established by survey control points. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.

SECTION 01030 1 of 3

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

6 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

The existence and location of underground utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning WORK, verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction.

A. Prior to construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection

of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water service piping, if any.

3.05 PERFORMANCE

Working from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels at each story of construction and where needed to properly locate each element. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. Do not scale drawings to determine dimensions.

A. Advise entities engaged in construction activities, of marked lines and levels

provided for their use.

B. As construction proceeds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. 3.06 SURVEYOR’S LOG

Maintain a surveyor’s log of control and other surveys. Make this log available for reference.

A. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Advise the Company

Representative when deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances are detected. On record drawings, record deviations that are accepted and not corrected.

3.07 SITE IMPROVEMENTS

Locate and layout site improvements, including pavements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes and invert elevations by instrumentation and similar appropriate means.

3.08 BUILDING LINES AND LEVELS

Locate and lay out batter boards for structures, building foundations, column grids and locations, floor levels and controls lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical WORK.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

7 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.09 EXISTING UTILITIES

Furnish information necessary to adjust, move or relocate existing structures, utility poles, lines, services or other appurtenances, if any located in, or affected by construction. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction but verify any directions received with the Company Representative before implementing them.

3.10 LAYOUT DATA Record layout data and changes from drawings on "Project Record Documents".

3.11 CERTIFICATION

Certify that grades, lines and levels and layout data as submitted are complete and accurate.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

8 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 01320 -CODES AND STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Work Included: Throughout the Construction Drawings & Specifications Documents, reference is made to “Codes and Standards” which establish types of workmanship and quality of materials, and which establish methods for testing and reporting on the pertinent characteristics. 1. It is the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to provide materials and

workmanship, which meet or exceed the specifically named “Code or Standards”.

2. It is also the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility, when so required by the

Contract Documents, to deliver to the Company Representative all required proof that the materials and workmanship meet or exceed the requirements of the specifically named Code and Standard. Such proof shall be in the form of a certified report of tests conducted by an approved testing agency.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. CONTRACTOR shall develop a QA/QC plan in accordance with SAUDI ARAMCO Standard, schedule Q and SAEP-1023 shall be reviewed and approved by inspection department or Company Representative.

B. Familiarity with pertinent “Codes and Standards”: In procuring all items used in this

WORK, it is the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to verify the detailed requirements of the specifically named “Codes and Standards” and to verify that the items procured for the use in this WORK, equal or exceed the specified requirements.

C. Rejection of Non-Complying Items: Company Representative reserves the right to

reject items incorporated into the WORK, which fail to meet the specified minimum requirements.

D. The latest issue of the “Codes and Standards” publications from the organizations

listed below form part of this Construction Specifications. Unless otherwise stated in these Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for full compliance with these “Codes and Standards” even though they may not be specifically referenced in each Division, Sections or Sub-Sections. All construction shall comply with the applicable “Codes and Standards” SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards, Standard Drawings and Material System Specifications.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

9 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. ACI American Concrete Institute AISC American Institute of Steel Construction. ANSI American National Standards Institute. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWWA American Water Works Association. CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Institute NFPA National Fire Protection Association. PCI Precast Concrete Institute.

SACSM SAUDI ARAMCO Construction Safety Manual SAES SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standard SAMCSRBC Saudi Arabian Ministry of Communications Standards for Road and

Bridge Construction. SAMSS SAUDI ARAMCO Material System Specifications SASO Saudi Arabian Standards Organization U B C Uniform Building Code. U L Underwriters Laboratories Inc. U M C Uniform Mechanical Code. USPSC United States Product Safety Commission

STC Saudi Telecom Company

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

10 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 01340 - SUBMITTALS, SUBSTITUTIONS, SCHEDULES AND GUARANTEES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Work specified in this Section: 1. Submittals: a. Shop Drawings b. Material List c. Product and Equipment Schedule d. Manufacturer's Technical Literature e. Samples f. Material Take-off g. Purchase Orders h. Operation and Maintenance Instruction i. As-built Drawings j. Construction Schedules k. Progress Reports 2. Substitution. 3. Guarantees. 1.02 APPROVALS A. All approvals shall be made by SAUDI ARAMCO, Company Representative or

other persons or firms appointed by SAUDI ARAMCO for this purpose. 1.03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Within thirty (30) days of date of signing of the Contract, the

CONTRACTOR shall submit to SAUDI ARAMCO a list and submittal schedule of all shop drawings, product data, technical literature and samples required by the Contract. List all items by Specification Sections.

2. All submittals shall be in English and be clearly identified with

project name and location and manufacturer's name. All submittals shall be received and approved by the CONTRACTOR prior to submission to the Company Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall indicate his review and approval by stamping the submittals accordingly.

SECTION 01340

1 of 6

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

11 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3. Required Submittals:

As soon as practicable, and in ample time to avoid delay of the work, submit the shop drawings, catalog information, and other required data to SAUDI ARAMCO for review. Submit shop drawings, catalog information, etc., assembled in a neat package and submit all together at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered.

4. The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for errors in the submittals, and

for accuracy of quantities and dimensions shown on submittals. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall review submittals for compliance with the

Contract Documents. 6. Deviations from the requirements of Contract Documents: a. Cite all deviations in writing. b. SAUDI ARAMCO's review does not constitute approval of any

deviation unless so stated. c. Regardless of SAUDI ARAMCO's action on such deviations the

CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for proper fitting and relationship of all work to adjacent and related work.

7. Date each submittal and identify with the project name and the specification

section covering the submittal. Use numbered transmittal forms for ease of record keeping, and do not group items covered by more than one section on the same transmittal.

8. Submittals which have not been reviewed by SAUDI ARAMCO, or which

have been rejected by SAUDI ARAMCO, shall not be used for ordering, fabrication or work at the WORK Site.

9. Schedule submittals to allow adequate time for SAUDI ARAMCO's review

and for resubmitted if required. In the event a substitution proposed by the CONTRACTOR is rejected, SAUDI ARAMCO shall require the CONTRACTOR to airfreight the originally specified item in order to maintain the schedule.

1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Clearly detail all aspects of work where required by specifications. B. Number shop drawing consecutively and maintain numbering through revisions.

C. Submit 1 sepia and 2 blueprints of shop drawings.

SECTION 01340

2 of 6

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

12 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

D. After review, SAUDI ARAMCO shall return the sepia to the CONTRACTOR, who shall:

1. Make no further revisions or changes to the approved sepia. 2. Provide copies of the sepia, which has been reviewed by SAUDI ARAMCO

for: a. CONTRACTOR's WORK Site record b. CONTRACTOR's office record c. SubCONTRACTORs, as required E. The WORK Site copy shall be made readily available for SAUDI ARAMCO's review

upon request. F. Materials lists, product and equipment schedules and manufacturer's technical

literature: 1. Cover all aspects required by specifications. Pictorial or vague advertising

literature is not acceptable. 2. Submit four (4) copies collated and indexed. 3. For substitution requests include complete specifications of the items to be

considered for substitution. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Provide samples of the exact item required by the drawings and specifications. B. Paint samples shall be approximately 8 inches x 10 inches. C. Submit 2 copies unless otherwise specified. D. Approval of sample shall be in writing. If CONTRACTOR desires an approval

attached to sample, supply additional copies of sample as needed. E. CONTRACTOR shall maintain one each approved sample at the jobsite.

1.06 SPARE PARTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit spare parts list in accordance with the

specification.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

13 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Collect data as job progresses. B. Complete data in manual form. Data shall be collated, indexed and bound in

durable covers and identifying on the cover: 1. Project name and date 2. Name, address and telephone number of the CONTRACTOR and

subCONTRACTOR. Include the name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer and

local distributor with the information on each component, sufficient for SAUDI ARAMCO's future purchasing.

C. Include only those catalogs and brochures dealing with the products and

equipment used in this project. Remove pages of a purely advertising nature, and pages dealing with items and models not used in this project. Where more than one item or model is listed on a page, carefully identify the exact item or model used.

1. Manufacturer’s specifications for each piece of equipment, including a

listing of the recommended spare parts, specialized tools and preventive maintenance (P/M) schedules;

2. Installation instructions for all equipment; and 3. Details on all tie-ins to existing equipment.

D. Operating Instructions The following shall be provided: 1. A complete set of start-up and operating instructions. 2. Operator training materials. E. Submit 3 copies minimum to SAUDI ARAMCO Representative for review and

distribution. Supply additional copies for review if record copies are desired by the CONTRACTOR and his subCONTRACTOR.

1.08 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain one complete set of drawings at the site on

which, as the work progresses, the CONTRACTOR shall record, using red color markings, the following information relative to work included in this Contract.

1. Changes in size, depth or position of foundations.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

14 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Changes made in the structural phases of the work above and below ground required because of modifications or Change Orders.

3. Exact location and elevation of all underground piping and conduit and the

position of all fittings. 4. Changes made in mechanical and electrical work either in location or detail

of work whether above or below ground floor level. B. On completion of the job, the CONTRACTOR shall deliver one print of such

corrected drawings to the Company Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall make such additional corrections as the Company Representative may require and shall then deliver the corrected prints to Company Representative.

C. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that these as-built drawings are a specific

requirement and that the Contract will not be considered complete until they have been submitted in an acceptable form.

1.09 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Wherever catalog numbers and specific brands or trade names followed by the

designated material, product, thing or service mentioned in these specifications, they are used to establish the standards of quality and utility required.

B. Substitutions which are equal in quality and utility to those specified will be

approved, subject to the following provisions: all substitutions must be approved by Company Representative in writing.

For this purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Company Representative,

within 30 calendar days after the effective date of the Contract, four (4) copies of a typewritten list containing:

1. A. description of each proposed substitute item or material. 2. Sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information

as will demonstrate that the proposed substitute is equal in quality and utility to the items or materials specified shall be appended.

Such approval shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from complying with the

requirements of the Drawings and specifications and the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at his own expense for any changes resulting from his proposed substitutions which affect other parts of this own work or the work of other CONTRACTORS.

C. Required list shall be organized as a schedule:

1. List by specifications sections.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

15 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. List all items to be used, including specified items and proposed substitutions.

3. For substituted items, enumerate characteristics differing from specified

items. 4. Effect of proposed substitutions must be reflected in submittals for other

items. D. Alternate items installed without SAUDI ARAMCO's approval shall be replaced with

the specified material at the CONTRACTOR's expense. The CONTRACTOR assumes full responsibility that alternate items or procedures shall meet the job requirements and is responsible for cost of redesign and of modifications to this and other parties to the work caused by alternate items furnished under work of this Section. No more than one proposed alternate will be considered for each item.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

16 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for establishing and executing a Quality

Control Program. B. Work Specified in this Section 1. Testing and Inspection: a. All sampling, testing of cement, water, aggregates and concrete. b. Company Representative's inspections and tests. c. Compaction tests. d. Reinforcing steel bar tests. e. Structural steel tests. f. Concrete strength test. g. Welding. h. Operational tests. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a testing and inspection plan for

approval by SAUDI ARAMCO prior to starting any work. CONTRACTOR shall designate qualified personnel to perform quality

control functions and provide an organization chart. 2. Layout and Measurements. C. Testing

Testing including requests, reports, etc, are the responsibility of CONTRACTOR, or an agency employed by CONTRACTOR. SAUDI ARAMCO reserves the right to verify the tests with SAUDI ARAMCO Testing Laboratory or independent agency.

D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. Section 01030 - Field Engineering

2. Manufacturer's test of materials. See applicable Specification Sections.

3. Section 01600 - Materials and Products. SECTION 01400

1 of 3

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

17 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.02 INSPECTION AND INSPECTORS A. The Company Representative or other persons or firms appointed by SAUDI

ARAMCO for this purpose will periodically inspect the WORK and CONTRACTOR will provide facilities and access to the WORK at all times as required to facilitate this inspection.

1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Standards

Sampling, preparation of samples and testing shall conform to applicable ASTM methods, unless otherwise specified.

B. Reports

Two copies shall be furnished to the Company Representative summarizing the results of each test and inspection. Each report shall clearly distinguish the type of test, location, the material tested and whether an original (first) test or a retest, and other related information.

C. Notification

The Company Representative and if applicable, SAUDI ARAMCO Testing Laboratory or agency, shall be notified 48 hours in advance of any work requiring testing or inspection.

D. Cooperation

The Testing Laboratory shall prepare, cure, store, etc., all job-made samples.

E. Identification

Materials passing test shall be marked or tagged by the Testing Laboratory and shall thereafter be kept separate and stored so as to facilitate identification. Any such materials not identifiable by the Company Representative shall be rejected and removed from storage location or the site.

F. Non-conformance

Where a test or inspection reveals non-conformance or failure to meet requirements, the Company Representative shall immediately be notified, verbally and subsequently by written report or letter.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

18 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.04 SCHEDULE OF TESTS Tests shall include, but not be limited to, those specified in further Sections of these

specifications.

1.05 INSPECTION BY THE COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE

A. Notification

In addition to tests and inspections called for in this Section, CONTRACTOR shall notify the Company Representative for inspection and testing of various parts of the work as called for in applicable sections of the Specifications. Notify forty-eight (48) hours in advance to assure inspection prior to covering up or closing in of the work involved.

B. Required inspection shall include, but not be limited to, the following (see

applicable sections of specifications for details):

1. Layout of structures

2. Foundation excavation prior to forms placement.

3. Concrete forms and reinforcing steel, prior to concrete placement.

4. All concrete pouring

5. Backfill and compaction

6. Layout and fit-up of piping 7. Finished site grading

8. Any other items specifically requested by the Company Representative. 1.06 LAYOUT AND MEASUREMENTS A. Verify dimensions before layout and request clarification of discrepancies or is

responsible for correction. B. Verify all measurements before placing any item.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

19 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Work in this Section includes the minimum standards set forth for materials and products

described in detail in subsequent Sections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Specified materials or products establish the minimum technical standards and

required quality. B. In every case, materials and products shall be new, without defects, and products

shall be received in factory-sealed containers. Materials and products shall be stored as described in each Section of these Specifications.

C. Defects shall cause rejection of the product or material, even if earlier approved by

the Company Representative. Any approval by SAUDI ARAMCO shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from complying

with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications and the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at his own expense for any changes resulting from his proposed substitutions which affect other parts of his own work or the work of other CONTRACTORs.

1.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Prior to delivery of any material to the job site, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the

manufacturer's recommended method of handling and storage which shall become the basis for inspecting and accepting or rejecting actual storage and handling methods used on the work.

B. CONTRACTOR shall properly store products per these specifications and per

manufacturer's instructions to prevent damage. C. Store flammable materials, such as paint materials, cleaning materials, rags, etc. in

closed containers, in well-ventilated locations approved by the Company Representative. Do not store in passageways or next to heating or electrical equipment.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

20 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.04 MANUFACTURERS

In no way shall any list of manufacturers, included in the Scope of Work or in this specification under any Sub-section titled "Manufacturers", be considered comprehensive or exclusive. Nor shall it be construed as limiting or excluding submittal for SAUDI ARAMCO review and approval alternative manufacturers or equal materials supplied by non-listed manufacturers.

The lists of manufacturers are intended solely to identify manufacturers who may be able to supply specified items or equal. Materials produced by listed manufacturers, which do not satisfy the requirements of the specifications shall not be used. All manufacturers must be approved by SAUDI ARAMCO.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 01600

2 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

21 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSE-OUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Substantial Completion

Before requesting inspection for Mechanical Completion, CONTRACTOR shall complete the following:

1. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,

final certifications and similar documents. 2. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs,

damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar record information.

3. Changeover permanent locks and transmits keys to the Company

Representative. 4. Complete start-up testing of systems. Remove temporary facilities from the

site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. 5. Complete final clean up. Touch-up and repair and restore marred exposed

finishes.

B. Record Document Submittals

Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes; protect from loss in a secure location; provide access to Record Documents for the Company Representative’s reference.

C. Record Drawings

CONTRACTOR shall maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark-up these drawings to show the actual installation mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions accurately. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover.

SECTION 01700

1 of 3

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

22 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

D. Record Specification

CONTRACTOR shall maintain one copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Mark to show variations in actual work performed in comparison with the Specifications and modifications, give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot be readily discerned later by direct observation, note related record drawing information and Product Data. Upon completion of the work, submit record specifications to the Company Representative.

E. Maintenance Manuals

CONTRACTOR shall organize maintenance data into sets of manageable size, bind in individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information, and mark identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following information:

1. Emergency instructions.

2. Spare parts list.

3. Copies of warranties.

4. Wiring diagrams

5. Recommended “turn around” cycles.

6. Inspection procedures.

7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.

8. Fixture lamping schedule.

F. Operating and Maintenance Instructions CONTRACTOR shall arrange for the installer of equipment to meet with Company personnel to

provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Include a detailed review of the following:

1. Maintenance manuals.

2. Spare parts and materials.

3. Tools.

4. Lubricants.

5. Control sequences.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

23 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

6. Hazards.

7. Warranties and bonds. 8. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.

G. Maintenance Demonstration

As part of instructions for operating equipment, CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate the following procedures

1. Start-up and shutdown.

2. Emergency operations.

3. Noise and vibration adjustments.

4. Safety procedures.

H. Maintenance/ Material Requirement

Contractor shall supply 5% of all finishing materials within the completion of the project as maintenance requirement.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 01700

3 of 3

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

24 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 01710 - CLEAN-UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, removal and disposal of

construction debris and miscellaneous existing debris from the site during and after construction until handing over. Such debris includes, but is not limited to, all useless materials, rubbish, rocks, stones, excess/waste asphalt and concrete, excess/waste materials, shipping materials, rebar, and other metallic debris generated by the project or placed by CONTRACTOR, inside and outside the WORK Site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

(Not applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING UP A. During the progress of the WORK, the WORK Site shall be kept clean. All rubbish,

surplus materials, and unneeded construction equipment shall be removed, and all damage repaired so that inconvenience is reduced to a minimum. The WORK Site shall be kept in a sanitary condition.

Decontaminate the premises and grounds as necessary to prevent the breeding of

insects or vermin. B. Where material or debris has washed, flowed into, or been placed in drains, pipes,

or structures, whether existing or installed under this Contract, such material or debris shall be entirely removed and satisfactorily disposed off. The drains, pipes, structures, etc., shall be left in a clean and neat condition.

C. On or before the completion of the WORK, CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise

specifically directed or permitted in writing, shall: 1. Remove all temporary buildings and structures built by CONTRACTOR; 2. Remove all temporary works, tools and machinery or other construction

equipment furnished by CONTRACTOR.

3. Remove all rubbish from any ground including stockpile areas which CONTRACTOR has occupied.

SECTION 01710

1 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

25 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

4. Leave the WORK Site and all adjacent property affected by CONTRACTOR’s operations in a neat and satisfactory condition acceptable to SAUDI ARAMCO.

D. CONTRACTOR, upon completion of the WORK, shall deliver materials and

equipment undamaged and in fresh and appearing-new condition. E. CONTRACTOR shall restore and replace any of SAUDI ARAMCO’s property

damaged by his work, equipment, subCONTRACTORs, or employees, to a condition at least equal to that existing immediately prior to the beginning of his operations. Suitable materials, equipment, and methods shall be used for such restoration, which shall be done as promptly as practicable, as work progresses, and shall not be left until Project Completion.

3.02 DISPOSAL AND HAULING A. All construction debris shall be transported off the WORK Site in accordance with

local laws and disposed of to a SAUDI ARAMCO approved dumpsite. If requested by SAUDI ARAMCO, the CONTRACTOR shall produce documents to prove that the debris is being disposed to an approved government site.

B. Waste material shall not be allowed to blow or spill into any public or private

property during transportation.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 01710

2 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

26 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK

SECTION 02070 - DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work included: The work included in this Section consists of the demolition and

removal of all items as required to construct the new FACILITIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,

but not limited to, those listed below: 1. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES): SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule: Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for

demolition work to the Company Representative for approval prior to start of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust, noise and environmental controls.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

(Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATIONS A. Inspection: Prior to commencement of demolition work, inspect areas in which

work will be performed. Bring to the attention of the Company Representative any condition which may be considered dangerous or unhealthy prior to the commencement of any demolition work.

B. Condition of Structures: SAUDI ARAMCO assumes no responsibility for actual

condition of items or construction to be demolished. C. Preparation: Cease operations and notify Company Representative immediately if

safety of construction appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support construction until determination is made for continuing operations.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

27 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

D. Conflicts: If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements conflict with refinishing procedures, bring to attention of Company Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Company Representative, rearrange demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay.

E. Traffic: Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied

or used facilities without written permission from Company Representative. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic way if required.

F. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other

methods to limit dust and dirt migration. Comply with SAUDI ARAMCO regulations pertaining to environmental protection.

3.02 PROTECTIVE MEASURES A. Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required to protect

personnel and general public from injury due to demolition work. B. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of

personnel and general public to and from areas under demolition. C. Protect from damage existing items not requiring refinishing and items that become

exposed during demolition operations. D. Protect grounds and site landscaping with suitable covering when necessary. E. Construct temporary dustproof partitions where required to separate areas where

noisy or dusty operations are performed. Equip partitions with dustproof entries and security locks if required.

F. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain. Keep in service and protect against

damage during demolition operations. G. Cover and protect outside equipment and fixtures from soilage or damage. H. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between removal of existing

construction on exterior surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building.

I. Remove protection at completion of work.

SECTION 02070

2 of 4

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

28 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.03 GENERAL A. Contractor Equipment: Locate demolition equipment at the direction of the

Company Representative. Promptly remove debris to avoid imposing any obstacles to operation of facilities.

B. Traffic: Conduct demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to ensure

minimum interference with operation of facilities. C. Occupancy: Conduct work in a manner that will minimize need for disruption of

normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Company Representative of demolition activities that will impact operations.

D. Restrictions 1. Sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. 2. Burning of removed materials on site is not permitted. E. Materials to be Salvaged Prior to demolition the CONTRACTOR shall reconfirm with the Company

Representative what materials are to be salvaged. Materials identified for salvage shall be carefully disassembled, stored as directed, and then loaded on SAUDI ARAMCO vehicle for transportation off-site.

F. Structures Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing and temporary supports to prevent

movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain.

Use concrete or masonry saws where adjoining structure is to remain. Demolition

and removal of existing structures shall be accomplished in such a manner as to prevent the possible excavation and/or undermining of the remaining existing foundations.

G. Utilities Remove utilities and appurtenances to one (1) meter below existing finish grade.

All utilities deeper than one (1) meter shall be abandoned in place. All abandoned sewer lines shall be flushed and capped. Verify that power to all electrical systems has been disconnected and coordinate with Company Representative and, where required, SCECO or MOPTT.

H. Pavement Saw cut pavement to be removed. Pavement shall be carefully removed so as to

avoid damage to areas not intended to be demolished. SECTION 02070

3 of 4

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

29 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

I. Use of Explosives Use of explosives for demolition work is prohibited. J. Fill Fill and compact all excavated holes resulting from demolition work in accordance

with Section 02200 Earthwork. 3.04 CLEANUP AND REPAIR A. Disposal: Remove debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition

operations from building site. Transport and dispose off-site as directed by Company Representative.

B. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition

work at no cost to SAUDI ARAMCO. C. Completion: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and

demolished materials from site. Remove protection and leave entire site broom clean.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 02070

4 of 4

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

30 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02110 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Removal and disposal of all vegetation, brush, rubbish, large

stones, and metallic debris occurring within the limit of construction. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,

but not limited to, those listed below: 1. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES) SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Disposal Area: Submit location of proposed disposal area to the Company

Representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS

(Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Clearing: Clearing shall consist of satisfactory removal and disposal of all types of

vegetation and debris including grass, brush and rubbish. B. Grubbing: Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of stumps and roots

to a depth of 0.5 meters below the ground within the limit of construction. C. Burning: Burning of materials at site will not be permitted. 3.02 DISPOSAL AND HAULING A. All unsuitable material to be disposed of shall be transported to an approved dump

site outside the project property limit or to a location designated by the Company Representative.

SECTION 02110

1 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

31 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Waste material shall not be allowed to blow or spill into any public or private property during transporting.

3.03 FILLING OF DEPRESSIONS DUE TO CLEARING AND GRUBBING Depressions: Depressions caused by clearing and grubbing shall be filled with on-site or

imported fill and compacted to the density and grade of the original adjacent ground surface in accordance with Section 02200, Earthwork.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

32 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to: excavation of soil and rock (if

any), removal and disposal of all unsuitable soil and rock material, placing and compacting of fill materials from excavations and/or imported from a borrow pit, trenching and trench backfilling, and grading the site to the required elevations shown on the drawings.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,

but not limited to, those listed below: 1. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES): SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code SAES-Q-006 Asphalt Concrete Paving SAES-S-070 Installation of Utility Piping Systems. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM D 698 Test Method for Moisture Density Relations of Soils

and Soil Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12 in. (304.8 mm) Drop.

ASTM D 1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-

Cone Method. ASTM D 2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate

in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM D 4253 Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soil

Using Vibratory Table. ASTM D 4254 Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and

Calculation of Relative Density.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

33 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Testing: 1. All testing, including requests, sampling reports, etc., is the responsibility of

the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall retain the services of a testing laboratory approved by SAUDI ARAMCO. SAUDI ARAMCO reserves the right to verify the tests with a SAUDI ARAMCO testing laboratory or independent agency.

2. All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the Company

Representative. 3. Testing: Test data and samples of proposed fill shall be submitted two (2)

weeks prior to placing fill. Provide soil testing data from a SAUDI ARAMCO-approved soils testing laboratory for all proposed fill material. Testing data shall include sufficient information to indicate conformance with these specifications and shall be in accordance with ASTM Standards.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. General: ‘Fill Material’ shall be used for all fills except where ‘Select Fill Material’ is

specified. B. On Site ‘Fill Material’: All approved satisfactory material removed from excavations

shall be used as far as practicable for fill. Soil rock mixture free from organic matter containing no vegetation, rocks or lumps over 100 mm in diameter and having 15% of the rocks and lumps not larger than 60 mm, shall be considered as suitable material for fill.

C. Imported ‘Fill Material’/Borrowed ‘Fill Material’; Imported or borrowed fill material

shall be excavated from approved borrow pits. The material shall be sand or calcareous clay of marine origin, classified as marl, or combination of both sand and marl. The maximum particle size shall be 100 mm, or one half the lift thickness whichever is less.

D. ‘Select Fill Material’: Select Fill Material shall be composed only of inorganic

material and shall have 100% passing the 50 mm sieve and from 0-20% passing the No. 200 sieve. That portion of the material passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a maximum liquid limit of 35 and maximum plasticity index of 12. Atterberg’s limits are not required for select fill material with less than 15% fines passing the No. 200 sieve.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

34 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation Work shall consist of removing all material

which includes soil and rock necessary for grading and construction in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the plans.

B. Encountered Unsuitable Material Below Grade: The CONTRACTOR shall remove

all unsuitable material, replace with suitable fill material, and compact material in accordance with Paragraph 3.03. Bottoms of excavations shall be smooth and free of loose earth or sand.

C. Excavation for Structures: Excavation shall be made accurately to the lines,

grades, and elevations shown on the Drawings. Trenches and foundation pits shall be of sufficient size to permit the placement and removal of forms for the full length and width of structure footings. The upper 150 mm of soil in the bottom of all footing trenches shall be compacted to the densities required in Paragraph 3.03.

D. Hand Excavation: Hand excavation will be required for work adjacent to the

existing utilities as specified by the SAUDI ARAMCO Construction Safety Manual. E. Trenching: 1. Perform all trenching required for the installation of items where the

trenching is not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications. Trenching shall be in accordance with SAES-S-070.

2. Excavate trenches with sufficient width to provide free working space at

both sides of the trench and around the installed items as required for joining, backfilling, and compacting. Shore as required for safe working conditions.

3.02 FILL A. Placing Fill: Fill materials shall be placed in successive horizontal lifts or layers not

to exceed 200 mm in depth. “Select Fill Material” shall be used within 0.60 meters of the bottom of pavement

base courses, foundations, or slabs-on-grade. All other fill materials shall meet the requirements of “Fill Material” as defined in Paragraph 2.01.

B. Drainage: Good drainage shall be maintained at all times and ponding of water on

the fill shall be prevented. C. Backfilling Adjacent to Structures: Backfill shall be placed and compacted

uniformly in such a manner as to prevent wedging action or eccentric loading upon or adjacent to the structures.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

35 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.03 COMPACTION AND TESTING A. Compaction 1. Subgrade, subbase, and fill material under building foundations and backfill

around structures shall be compacted to 70 percent relative density as defined by ASTM D4254 (for cohesionless materials) or 95 percent of the maximum density determined by ASTM D698 (for cohesive materials). For foundations with static loads over 320 kPa (3 tons/sq ft) and foundations for vibrating equipment, fill shall be compacted to 85 percent relative density for cohesionless soil or 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557 for cohesive materials.

2. Subgrade material under paved areas and roads shall be in accordance

with SAES-Q-006 and shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density per ASTM D-1557, Method D, or 85 percent relative density determined by ASTM D-4253 and D-4254.

B. When the fill material cannot be clearly classified as cohesive or cohesionless, both

relative and proctor density tests must be performed per the above paragraph. The fill shall then be compacted to the greater density.

C. Prior to compaction of fill, a field test section using the intended compaction

equipment shall be performed to determine the proper lift thickness to achieve the necessary density requirement.

D. To verify that the specified degree of compaction has been achieved, the

CONTRACTOR shall perform in-place density tests (ASTM D1556 or D2922). Tests shall be taken after compaction of each lift of fill and performed at least one lift thickness below the compacted surface.

E. For requirements of less that 3820 cubic meters (5000 cubic yards) fill, at least one

in-place density test should be made for every 382 cubic meters (500 cubic yards) of compacted soil. For requirements in excess of 3820 cubic meters (5000 cubic yards) and where consistent compaction results can be achieved, the frequency can be reduced to one test for every 1530 cubic meters (2000 cubic yards) of compacted soil.

3.05 TOLERANCE A. Fill shall be placed and compacted to the grades shown on the drawings to within

tolerance of zero below and 75 mm above grade. Embankment slopes shall be constructed to within 150 mm of the plan location. Excess fill may be used to flatten fill slopes, if approved by SAUDI ARAMCO.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

36 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02444 - CHAIN LINK FENCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work included: Perform all Work required for the construction of the chain link

gates and fencing as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,

but not limited to, those listed below: 1. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES) and SAUDI ARAMCO

Material System Specifications (SAMSS). SAES-M-006 SAUDI ARAMCO Security and General Purpose

Fencing. 12-SAMSS-021 SAUDI ARAMCO Security and General Purpose

Fencing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fencing: All fence fabric, posts, gates, braces, fittings and accessories shall

conform to 12-SAMSS-021. B. Concrete: Concrete for fence post footings shall conform to Section 03300, Cast-

in-Place Concrete, except minimum compressive strength at 28 days shall be 13.8 MPa (2000 psi).

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. At areas not already graded, the CONTRACTOR shall grade a strip 1.5 meters

wide along the fence centerline for the full length of the fence to bring any changes in grade within the specified clearance between the fence and the finished grade. The grade strip shall be rolled and compacted to the density of the adjacent soil and sloped to drain away from the fence in accordance with Section 02200, Earthwork.

SECTION 02444

1 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

37 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.02 INSTALLATION A. Chain link fencing shall be installed in accordance with SAES-M-006 and SAUDI

ARAMCO Standard Drawings referenced on the Drawings. B. Post Setting: Posts shall be set plumb and in alignment in concrete bases.

Concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated so as to be free of voids and finished in a domed surface. Concrete shall be cured a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours before any further work is done on the posts.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

38 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02450 - CONCRETE WALKWAYS, RAMPS &

PREFABRICATED CONCRETE CURBS AND CURBS & GUTTERS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION:

Work included: This Section covers work to perform the construction of concrete walkways and ramps & to provide and install pre-fabricated wheel stops/bumpers, concrete curbs and curbs & gutters. The work includes subgrade and base preparation, form work, reinforcing, concrete placement, curing and backfilling according to the dimensions, installation of control and expansion joints indicated on the relevant drawings.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:

A. Section 02210 – Earth Work

B. Division 3 – Concrete 1.03 REFERENCES:

A. SAES-Q-001 - Criteria for Design and Construction of Concrete Structures. B. 09-AMSS-97 - Ready Mixed Portland Cement Concrete C. ASTM-D-1751 - Performed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction


A. Applicable Standards: Comply with Standards specified in this Section.

B. Certification: Manufacturer shall provide the characteristics of prefabricated wheel stops / bumpers, curbs, curbs & gutters certified by an independent testing laboratory.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop and erection detail drawings to SAUDI ARAMCO for approval prior to fabrication.

B. Certification: Submit certified data for prefabricated wheel stops / bumpers, curbs

& gutters.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

39 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE

A. Handling: Exercise care in transporting and handling to prevent damage to curbs and materials.

B. Storage: Store materials above ground and under cover to protect materials from

moisture and damage. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 CONCRETE

Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Division 3 - CONCRETE.

2.02 EXPANSION JOINT FILLERS

Filler material shall be either of the non-extruding and resilient bituminous type conforming to ASTM D 1751.

2.03 BASE COURSE:

Base course shall consist of selected fill material conforming to the requirements of Section 02210 EARTHWORK.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 CONCRETE WALKWAYS FORMS

Forms shall be straight, of sufficient strength to resist springing during depositing and consolidating of concrete, and of a height equal to the full depth of the finished walkway elevation. Forms shall conform to line and grade. Forms shall be set to provide a minimum transverse slope of 1 percent in finished walkways, unless otherwise indicated, with the low side away from the building served.

3.02 CONCRETE PLACEMENT AND FINISHING

A. Concrete Placement: Concrete shall be placed in one layer of such thickness that when compacted and finished, the concrete will be of the thickness indicated. After concrete has been placed in the forms a strike-off guided by side forms shall be used to bring the surface to the proper section. The concrete shall be tamped and consolidated and the surface shall be finished to grade.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

40 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.03 CONCRETE FINISHING

A. Walkway Finishing: After straight edging, and just before the concrete hardens, the surface shall be finished to a smooth and uniformly fine granular texture, free of waves, irregularities, or tool marks. A light broomed surface shall be produced by brooming with a fiber broom. All slab edges, including those at formed joints, shall be finished carefully with an edger having a radius of 10 mm. The transverse joints shall be edged before brooming, and the brooming shall eliminate the flat surface left by the surface of the edger.

B. Walkway and Control and Expansion Joints: Control joints max. 1.5 m on center

shall be formed in the fresh concrete by cutting a groove in the top portion of the slab to a 6 mm width and 1/4 depth using a trowel to part the aggregates and edge tool to dress the groove. Transverse expansion joints shall be installed at walkway returns and opposite expansion joints in adjoining curbs, privacy walls, and doorsteps and not greater than 6 meters apart. Longitudinal expansion joints shall be provided between the walkway and any adjoining walls or other structures. Expansion joints shall be filled with 13 mm thick premolded filler strips. Immediately after finishing operations are completed, joint edges shall be rounded with an edging tool having a radius of 10 mm and concrete over the joint filler shall be removed.

3.04 FINISHING

Immediately after finish work is completed, the walkways shall be given two coats of an approved liquid membrane curing compound, and covered with polyethylene sheet to enhance curing.

3.05 PRELIMINARY WORK FOR PREFABRICATED WHEEL STOPS / BUMPERS,

CURBS AND CURBS & GUTTERS Inspect materials for damage and structure and for alignment and completeness, including painting if required. Do not install damaged materials.

3.06 INSTALLATION

A. Install prefabricated wheel stops / bumpers curbs and curbs & gutters where

shown on the drawings and in accordance with approved shop drawings, this Specification and manufacturer’s instructions. Install curbs, including corner and end sections complete.

B. Seal and make water tight all joints exposed to weather.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

41 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02513 - BASE COURSE & ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE

The work covered by this section consists of grading, base course, prime coat, tack coat, asphalt concrete paving, sampling and testing for the new construction of asphalt concrete pavement.

1.02 APPLICABLE STANDARD

SAES-Q-006 Asphalt Concrete Paving

1.03 REFERENCES

A. Saudi Aramco References:

A-1 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards

SAES-A-114, Excavation and Backfill A-2 Ras Tanura Refinery Standards

A-970 Penetration Grade, Paving Asphalt A-971 Cutback Asphalt, RC-250 A-972 Cutback Asphalt, RC-800 A-973 Cutback Asphalt, MC-70 A-974 Cutback Asphalt, MC-250

B. American Society for Testing and Materials B-1 Aggregate Materials Test Methods

ASTM C88 Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate.

ASTM C117 Test Method for Materials Finer Than 0.075 mm (No.

200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by washing ASTM C131 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-

Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.

ASTM C136 Test Method for Sieve Analysis o Fine and Coarse

Aggregates.

SECTION 02513 1of 9

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

42 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

ASTM C142 Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates.

ASTM C535 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-

Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.

B-2 Bituminous Materials Test Methods

ASTM D1559 Test Method for Resistance to Plastic Flow of

Bituminous Mixtures using Marshall Apparatus. ASTM D2041 Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific

Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures.

B-3 Soil Materials Test Methods ASTM D1557 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction

Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3))

ASTM D1883 Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ration) of

Laboratory-Compacted Soils. ASTM D2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and

Fine Aggregate ASTM D2922 Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in

Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM D4253 Test Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit

Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. ASTM D4254 Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit

Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. ASTM D4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and

Plasticity Index of Soils. C. American Society of State Highway and Transportation Officials

AASHTO T99 The Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5-lb (2.5 kg) Rammer and a 12-in. (305-mm) Drop.

AASHTO T180 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10-lb

(4.54 kg) Rammer and an 18-in. (457 mm) Drop. AASHTO T193 The California Bearing Ration


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

43 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BASE COURSE:

A. Aggregate Base:

Coarse material shall be crushed rock or crushed gravel. Fine material shall be quarry screening or natural material and of suitable binding quality. The material shall be free from foreign or organic matter, dirt, shale, clay, clay lump or other deleterious matter. Aggregate base course shall meet the following requirements:

1. Physical requirements:

Soundness test using magnesium sulfate. (ASTM C-88):

18% maximum for coarse aggregate 20% maximum for fine aggregate

Loss by abrasion (ASTM C-131 and ASTM C-535):

40% maximum.

Thin and elongated pieces, by weight, larger than 25mm, thickness less than 1/5 length (CRD-C-119):

5% maximum. Friable particles (ASTM C-142):

0.25% maximum. Plasticity index (ASTM D-4318):

6 maximum. Sand equivalent (ASTM D-2419):

30% minimum. 2. Gradation:

The combined materials shall consist of a mixture of all aggregate uniformly graded from coarse to fine to conform to the following gradation requirements:


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

44 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

Sieve Size Percent Passing 2-1/2 inch 100 2-inch 90 - 100 1-1/2 inch 60 - 90 1-inch 42 - 77 3/4 inch 35 - 70 1/2 inch 25 - 60 No. 4 15 - 40 No. 10 10 - 26 No. 40 5 - 15 No. 200 2 - 9

2.02 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT

Prime coat: Shall be MC-70 conforming to SAUDI ARAMCO Standard A-973 or MC-250 conforming to SAUDI ARAMCO Standard A-974.

2.03 TACK COAT

Liquid asphalt for tack coat: Shall be RC-250 conforming to SAUDI ARAMCO Standard A-971 or RC-800, conforming to SAUDI ARAMCO Standard A-972.

2.04 BITUMINOUS PAVING MIXTURE

A. Asphalt shall be petroleum asphalt cement, penetration Grade 60-70, conforming to the requirements of SAUDI ARAMCO Standard A-970.

B. Mineral Aggregate

1. Gradation: When tested according to ASTM C-117 and ASTM C-136, the combined mineral aggregate shall conform to the following gradings:

Sieve Size Hot Asphalt

Binder Course % Passing

Hot Asphalt Surface Course

% Passing

1-1/2" 100 100 1" 100 100

3/4" 80 - 100 100 1/2" - 80 - 95 3/8" 60 - 80 - #4 45 - 65 48 - 62

#10 30 - 50 32 - 45 #40 15 - 32 16 - 26 #80 - 8 - 18

#200 3 - 10 4 - 8

SECTION 02513 4of 9

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

45 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Physical requirement: The combined mineral aggregates for binder course and asphalt surface shall conform to the following physical requirements:

Sand Equivalent (ASTM D-2419)

45 minimum

Plasticity Index (ASTM D-4318)

6 maximum (Binder Course)

3 maximum (Surface Course)

Loss by Abrasion % (ASTM C-131)

40% maximum

Loss by Magnesium Sulfate Soundness for:

Coarse Aggregate 18% maximum Fine Aggregate 20% maximum Thin and elongated pieces, by weight larger than 25mm, thickness less than 1/5 length per CRD-C-119

5% maximum

C. Job Mix

1. The job mix formula shall be approved by SAUDI ARAMCO Representative and shall combine the mineral aggregates and asphalt in such proportion as to produce a mixture conforming to the following composition limits by weight:

PERCENT Total Mineral Aggregates 96 - 93 Asphalt Cement 4 - 7 When tested according to the Marshall Method, the bituminous mixture

shall conform to the following requirements: Binder Surface Course Course Stability (minimum) 700 min. 700 min. Flow (mm) 2.4-5.0 2.4-4.0

Loss of Marshall stability by submerging specimens in water @ 60 deg. C for 24 hrs. as compared to stability measured after submersion in water @ 60 deg. C for 20 minutes (ASTM D-1559) 25% max. 25% max.

Voids in total mix 3.0-7.0% 3.0-5.0% Voids filled with Bitumen 60-75% 70-80%

SECTION 02513 5of 9

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

46 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

Voids in mineral aggregate (VMA) ASTM D-2041 13% min. 14% min.

2. Maximum Variation: Upon receiving the job-mix formula, approved by the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative, the Contractor shall adjust his plant to proportion the individual aggregates, mineral filler and asphalt to produce a final mix that when compared to the job-mix formula, shall be within the following limits:

Tolerance

Aggregate Sieve size No. 4 and Larger +/- 5 percent Aggregate Sieve size No. 10 and retained on the No. 200 +/- 5 percent Aggregate Sieve size No. 200 & smaller +/- 1.5 percent Asphalt Content +/- 0.3 percent

3. The mixture temperature shall have a temperature between 139 Deg. C

and 163 Deg. C when it leaves the plant and shall be transported from the mixing plant to the point of use in pneumatic tired vehicles having tight bodies, previously cleaned of all foreign materials. The mixture shall be delivered on the surface to be paved, between the temperature of 139 Deg. C and 163 Deg. C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE

A. Subgrade Preparation: The Contractor shall, as a part of the work and prior to delivery of materials for the base course, prepare the subgrade surface by sprinkling, blading, rolling and lightly scarifying where necessary, until the proper crown is obtained. When compacted and ready for base course construction, the subgrade shall be well compacted, smooth, hard and uniform, all irregularities having been bladed out and rolled smooth.

B. Compaction: Subgrade shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of the

maximum dry density per ASTM D-1557, Method D, or AASHTO T-180, Method D, or to 85 percent relative density determined by ASTM D-4253 and D-4254.

C. Maintenance of Subgrade: The finished subgrade shall be maintained in a

smooth and compacted condition until the base course and surface course are in placed.

3.02 BASE COURSE PLACING AND COMPACTION

A. Construction: Do not construct base course until the subgrade is approved by SAUDI ARAMCO Representative.

B. Placing: Base course materials shall be placed in layers of uniform thickness

with approve spreader. Layer thickness after compaction shall not exceed 150mm unless approved by SAUDI ARAMCO Representative.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

47 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

C. Compaction: While at optimum moisture the base course materials shall be compacted to not less than 100% of the maximum laboratory density as determined by ASTM D-1557, Method D or AASHTO T-180. In-place density shall be measured by ASTM D-2922 or other approved method.

D. CBR Value: The laboratory compacted California Bearing Ratio, per ASTM D-

1883 shall not be less than 50 after four days soaking. 3.03 PRIME COAT APPLICATION

A prime coat consists of the initial application of liquid asphalt onto the surface of a non-asphalt base course. A. Cleaning Surface: Prior to the application of the prime coat the surface shall be

cleaned of all loose dirt and other objectionable materials by means of approved mechanical sweepers or blower and or hand broom.

B. Application: Prime coat shall be applied only when the surface to be treated is

dry and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. Prime coat shall be applied by means of a pressure distributor at a rate between 0.65 and 1.75 liters per square meter and at a temperature between 50 Deg. to 80 Deg. C. for MC-70 and at temperature between 65 deg. and 105 deg. C for MC-250.

C. Curing: The prime coat shall be permitted to cure until the penetration into

underlying surface has been approved by SAUDI ARAMCO Representative, but in no time shall the curing period be less than 24 hours. The prime coat shall be fully set and cured before placing an asphalt mixtures on the base.

3.04 APPLICATION OF TACK COAT

A. Concrete Surfaces: Tack coat shall be applied to all concrete surfaces that will be in contact with the asphalt pavement. Tack coat applications shall take place prior to the paving operations and will include surfaces of concrete curbs and other drainage structures.

B. Binder Course: Tack coat shall be applied between the binder course and the

surface course. If applications of the surface course is delayed by more than 3 days, or if dirt, sand or other impurities have contaminated the tack coat, then a tack coat shall be applied after the original one has been swept clean.

C. Application: The tack coat shall be uniformly applied over the entire surface of

the area to be covered by means of a bituminous distributor at a rate of 0.25 liters per square meter or as directed by the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative. A hand broom shall be used for application of the tack coat to concrete surfaces not covered by the bituminous distributor. Do not apply tack coat during rainy weather or when the surface to be paved is not free from moisture.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

48 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.05 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALT CONCRETE

A. Receipt of Materials: Do not accept asphalt concrete materials unless it is covered with tarpaulins until unloaded, and unless it has a temperature of at least 139 Deg. C.

B. Placing and Compaction: Placing and compacting of the bituminous mixture

shall progress in sections not more than 90 meters in length. The bituminous mixture shall be spread, shaped and finished with the power machine. The asphalt concrete shall be placed only when the atmosphere temperature is 4 Deg. C, or above, and when the weather is not foggy or rainy and when the existing surface is free from moisture.

C. Spreading: Bituminous mixture shall be spread in placement thickness so that

after rolling, the nominal thickness of the compacted bituminous materials shall not be more than 80mm per layer and not less then 50mm per layer.

D. Rolling: After a layer has been placed the full width, the surface shall be rolled.

Rolling shall be longitudinal, and shall commence at the outer edge and progress toward the center. Rolling shall continue until the surface is of uniform texture and degree of compaction, and is true to grade and cross section. Under no circumstances shall the center of the surface course be rolled first.

E. Compaction Density: The requirement shall be equal to or greater than 96% of

the Marshall density per ASTM D-1559 of each days production. F. Protection of Work: Protect those portions of curbs, manholes, valve boxes and

other structures, that will be visible upon completion of the project, from bituminous material. Remove any bituminous material from asphalt fouled surfaces and clean these surfaces to the satisfaction of the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative.

3.06 COMPACTION SAMPLING AND TESTING

A. Compaction Sampling and Testing: The field Mold Density shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 166 taken from samples of freshly-mixed bituminous mixture at the plant. Reheating of the mixture will not be permitted. The density of the mixture as placed and compacted shall be determined from samples cut from the compacted courses at locations specified by the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative. Samples shall be obtained in sets of two (2), cut from the same specified location. The frequency of testing shall be specified by SAUDI ARAMCO Representative.

Cores extracted for thickness measurement shall not be used for density

determination and density samples shall not be used for thickness measurements.

The Contractor shall, when necessary, furnish and apply cold water, ice, or other cooling substance to the surface of the pavement to prevent the samples from shattering or disintegrating. The Contractor shall cut all samples, fill and compact all test holes at his own expense.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

49 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Tolerance in Thickness: The total depth of base courses and surface courses shall be measured in two (2) separate operations for each type of material. Thickness determination shall be made per layer and a minimum of two (2) locations per 500 meter or rectangular athletic area, at locations designated by the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative. Measurement of any core shall not be deficient by more than 10mm or 15% of the design thickness whichever is less.

3.07 TOLERANCE

The surface will be tested with a four (4) meter straight edge at selected locations. The variation of the surface from the testing edge of the straight edge between any two (2) contacts with the surface shall at no point exceed four (4) mm when placed parallel to the centerline or three (3) mm when placed perpendicular to the center line of the roadway. All humps and depressions exceeding the specified tolerance shall be corrected by removing the defective work and replacing it with new material as directed by the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

50 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02577 - PAVEMENT MARKING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

This Section covers the work required to apply painted traffic markings as shown on the relevant drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SPRAYPLASTIC MATERIAL

A. Spray plastic material shall consist of a light-colored aggregate, pigment and

extender bound together with a thermoplastic resin, plasticised as necessary. The composition of the materials as laid, that is including the spray on glass beads, shall be according to AASHTO Designation M-249 with modification for the white 20-2.0 for the binder and 52 maximum for the calcium carbonate and inert fillers (that include the aggregates).

B. The 20% glass bead is to be 10% pre-mixed and the other 10% is to be applied

by pressure application.

C. The proportioning of the various ingredients shall be such that the final product, when in molten state can be sprayed readily at the rate of 1 liter per 5 sq.m. onto the road surface to give an even line of good definition.

2.02 AGGREGATE

The aggregate shall consist of white silica sand, crushed calcite, calcined flint or quartz.

2.03 GLASS BEADS

Glass beads shall be free from air inclusions. Refractive index 1.5 minimum and spheres percent 90 minimum.

A. Gradation for Pre-Mix

Sieve Percent Passing by Weight No. 12 100% No. 13 5 maximum

Glass beads sprayed onto the surface of the line shall conform to the following grading:

SECTION 02577

1of 3

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

51 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Gradation For Pressure Application

Sieve Percent Passing

No. 12 100% No. 30 85 - 100 No. 40 45 - 100 No. 50 10 - 45 No. 80 0 - 20 No. 200 0 - 5 Not less than 90% of the glass beads shall be transparent glass, reasonably spherical and free from flaws. Glass beads shall be in accordance with AASHTO Designation M-247, except as modified below.

2.04 PIGMENT EXTENDER

The extender shall be calcium carbonate prepared from natural chalk. The total content of pigment and extender shall be between 18 and 22%.

2.05 BINDER

The binder shall be based predominantly on synthetic hydrocarbon resins plasticised with mineral oil. The viscosity and wetting properties of the molten binder at the spraying temperature will be such as to give a composition of satisfactory spraying properties.

2.06 PROPERTIES

Unless otherwise specified herein, all tests shall be in accordance with the applicable ASSHTO Designation M-247. Sprayplastic shall have an open flash point exceeding 235 degrees C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

Application shall be by self-propelled mobile sprayer, or template. The road surface shall be dry and free from loose mud and other extraneous matter. The drying time shall not be more than 10 minutes, in the laboratory test. The sprayplastic shall be used at temperatures between 200 - 220 degrees C.

3.02 RATE OF APPLICATION

Sprayplastic shall be applied in intermittent or continuous lines or arrows, etc. of thickness not less than 1.5 mm excluding glass beads referred to below.

SECTION 02577 2of 3

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

52 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

In addition to the glass beads included in the materials, a further quantity of glass beads shall be sprayed on the hot sprayplastic line at the time of application. The application shall be pressurized and result in a residual quantity of glass not less than 450 grams/sq.m.

3.03 FINISH

The finished lines shall be free from raggedness on sides and ends and be in true plane with the general alignment of the street. The upper surface of the lines shall be level, uniform and free from streaks or cracks.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 02577 3of 3

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

53 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02630 - RTR (FIBERGLASS REINFORCED THERMOSETTING PLASTIC) PIPE AND FITTINGS

SUBSECTION INDEX Part 1 - General 1.01 Description 1.02 Related Work 1.03 Reference Standards 1.04 Quality Assurance 1.05 Delivery, Handling and Storage 1.06 Submittals 1.07 Services of the Manufacturer's Representative

Part 2 - Products 2.01 Materials and Fabrication

Part 3 - Execution 3.01 Excavation, Preparation of Trench and Backfill 3.02 Installation 3.03 Field Quality Control 3.04 Testing of Backfill

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description

A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to furnishing and installing RTR pipe and

fittings as indicated on the Drawings and as herein specified. 1.02 Related Work A. Section 02200 - Earthwork.

1.03 Reference Standards A. Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards (SAES):

1. SAES-L-005, Piping Materials Specifications

3. SAES-S-070, Installation of Utility Piping Systems.

SECTION 02630

1 of 5

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

54 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Saudi Aramco Materials System Specifications (SAMSS):

1. 01-SAMSS-034, RTR (Fiberglass) Pressure Pipe and Fittings. C. Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code.

D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

1. ANSI B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. ANSI B46.1 - Surface Texture.

E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

1. ASTM D2412 - External Loading Properties of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate

Loading.

2. ASTM D2563 - Classifying Visual Defects in Glass-Reinforced Plastic Laminate Parts.

3. ASTM D2925 - Beam Deflection of Reinforced Thermosetting Plastic Pipe

under Full Bore Flow.

4. ASTM D2992 - Hydrostatic Design Basis for Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe and Fittings.

5. ASTM D3567 - Dimensions of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe and

Fittings. 6. ASTM D3754 - Fiberglass Sewer and Industrial Pressure Pipe

7. ASTM D4024 - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Flanges.

8. ASTM D4161 - Bell and Spigot Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe Joint

Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the latest editions of the

codes, specifications and standards indicated under the subsection Reference Standards except as otherwise shown or specified.

1.05 Delivery, Handling and Storage A. Pipe or pipe bundles may be stored for extended periods in stacks up to 1.20 m (4 ft.) high.

The sides must be stabilized to prevent slumping. A leveled, soft earth surface free


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

55 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

of rocks and other hard or sharp objects is recommended. If stored in racks or on bearing boards, the supports should be at least 75 mm (3 in.) wide and smooth or cushioned. The supports should be placed at two locations approximately 1.20 or 1.50 m (4 or 5 ft.) from each end for 6 m (20-ft.) lengths. For 12 m (40-ft.) lengths, 4 supports should be used with two of them placed approximately 1.20 or 1.50 m (4 or 5 ft.) from each end and the other two placed at 3 m (10-ft.) intervals to support the middle of the pipe.

B. Follow normal procedures for carrying pipe along work site, installing pipe where it will be

protected from traffic and impact. C. Pipe supplied in 6 m (20-ft.) lengths should be lifted and carried at the center by hand or

using webbed straps or rope. If handled at the ends, avoid touching and contaminating the joining surfaces.

D. Pipe supplied in 12 m (40-ft.) lengths should be lifted (and carried) at two points about 3 m

(10 ft.) from each end. Use rope or web slings for mechanically lifting the pipe. 1.06 Submittals A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings, detailed and descriptive literature

showing pipe dimensions, pipe layouts in full detail, locations of hangers and supports, location and type of anchors, pipe stiffness, physical properties, manufacturer's quality control and inspection procedures, joint and fitting details, recommended methods of installation, testing equipment, practical methods of cutting pipes and other relevant details for the type and class of pipe to be furnished, for review and approval by Saudi Aramco.

B. Certification that pipe, fittings and all other materials comply with the requirements of this

specification. C. Pipe and gaskets manufacturer's joint assembly directions.

1.07 Services of the Manufacturer's Representative A. The services of a competent representative of the pipe manufacturer shall be provided to

instruct the CONTRACTOR's personnel in the installation of the pipe. Said representative shall be available on a continuing basis as may be necessary to ensure that joints are being properly made and that the pipe is being installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials and Fabrication A. RTR Fiberglass pipe and fittings shall comply with 01-SAMSS-034 and as described

herein.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

56 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1. Pipe shall be filament wound fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin

manufactured in accordance with AWWA C-950 and ASTM D-2996.

2. Pipe shall be suitable for a maximum operating pressure of 250 psi at maximum temperature of 93 deg. C (200 deg. F).

3. When RTR pipe is connected to or passing through a structure, the

CONTRACTOR shall provide at least two mechanical keylock couplings within a distance of not more than 3 meters from the structure.

4. Special fittings shall be provided where necessary and as per RTR pipe

manufacturer recommendation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Excavation, Preparation of Trench and Backfill: A. Conform to requirements of SAES-S-070 and Section 02200 except where more stringent

requirements are indicated by the manufacturer of pipe. 3.02 Installation A. Conform to the requirements of SAES-S-070 and as specified herein. B. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation to detect defects. Mark defective materials with

paint and promptly remove from site. C. When placing pipe in the trench, fabric slings shall be used. The pipe shall not be dragged

along the bottom of the trench, nor humped, and it shall be supported by the sling while being fitted to the adjacent pipe. No metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted to come into unnecessary contact with the pipe or fittings.

D. The pipe shall be laid at the level and gradient stipulated, on a prepared bed 150 mm deep

with special hollows made for the joints. The pipe shall be aligned carefully in both the horizontal and vertical planes. Pipe shall be uniformly bedded throughout its length.

E. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign matter from entering the pipe or fittings.

During laying operations, no debris, tools, cloth or other materials are to be allowed to enter the pipe.

F. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be sealed by

temporary watertight plugs supplied by the CONTRACTOR. G. Deflection at joints shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

57 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

H. Pipe and fittings shall not be dropped into trench. Protect from all types of impact and excessive overheating causing deformation or permanent damage to pipe.

I. Clear the interior of pipe of dirt and other material as the work progresses.

J. Bedding in the pipe zone should be clean sand. Sand bedding under the pipe should be a

minimum of 150 mm in thickness. Sand shall be as specified in Section 02200, Earthwork. K. Sand shall be uniformly compacted around the pipe with particular care given to the

bedding beneath the haunches of the pipe. Sand may be compacted by hydraulic methods if the native soil in which the trench is excavated is free draining. If trench is not free draining, placement of damp sand will facilitate compaction. Sand bedding and backfill should extend a minimum of 300 mm above the pipe.

L. Backfill shall be deposited in 150 mm maximum layers to a point at least 600 mm above

the top of the pipe, each layer being compacted as specified in Section 02200, Earthwork.

In-place tests of soil density shall be made in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2167.

Mechanical compactors may be used provided harmful shock loads are not transmitted to the pipe. Maintaining a space of at least one foot between tamping feet and pipe wall should avoid damage to the pipe wall.

M. The minimum earth cover above the pipe crown shall be 900 mm (3 ft.).

3.03 Field Quality Control

A. Hydrostatic testing shall conform to the requirements of SAES-S-070 and SAES-A-007.

3.04 Testing of Backfill

A. Conform to requirements of Section 02200, Earthwork

- END OF SECTION -


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

58 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02640 – FIBERGLASS MANHOLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Work included: Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to the provision and

installation of Fiberglass Manholes as indicated on the Drawings and as herein specified.

1.02 Related Work

A. Section 02200 - Earthwork. 1.03 Reference Standards

A. Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards (SAES):

1. SAES-A-114 Excavation and Backfill

2. SAES-S-070 Installation of Utility Piping Systems 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the latest editions of the

codes, specifications and standards indicated under the subsection Reference Standards except as otherwise shown or specified.

1.05 Delivery, Handling and Storage

A. The Fiberglass Manholes shall be prefabricated and delivered on site already assembled. Deliver the materials to the Work site in original packages or containers bearing brand name and identification of the Manufacturer.

B. Follow Manufacturer’s Procedures for transporting manholes along work site

including installation where it should be protected from traffic and impact.

C. Do not drop or impact the manhole. If manhole must be rolled, ensure that ground is smooth and free of rocks and debris, etc.

D. Lift manhole with two slings on spreader bar in horizontal position or by use of 10

cm x 10 cm timber inserted through top access hole. The timber shall be 250mm longer than the manway diameter.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

59 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.06 Submittals

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings, detailed and descriptive literature showing manhole dimensions, manhole layouts in full detail, physical properties, Manufacturer's quality control and inspection procedures, joint and fitting details, recommended methods of installation, testing equipment, practical methods providing pipe entries and other relevant details for the type of manhole to be furnished, for review and approval by Saudi Aramco.

B. Certification that manhole and related accessories comply with the requirements of

this specification.

C. Pipe and gaskets manufacturer's joint assembly directions. 1.07 Services of the Manufacturer's Representative

A. The services of a competent Representative of the manhole manufacturer shall be provided to instruct the CONTRACTOR's personnel in the installation of the manhole. The Manufacturer’s Representative shall be available on a continuing basis as may be necessary to ensure that installation of the manholes are being properly executed and in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials and Fabrication

A. Fiberglass Manholes shall comply with the specifications as described herein:

1. The Fiberglass Manhole barrel shall be composed of an interior surface veil, fiberglass chopped-strand and continuous reinforcements, polyester resin and finely graded sand. The resulting barrel shall be a laminate of uniform composition and strength.

2. The Fiberglass Manhole should be able to withstand as a minimum vertical

dynamic wheel load of 7,256 kg. 3. Manholes and catch basins shall have minimum stiffness as 8.69 Kpa. 4. The complete manhole shall not leak, crack or suffer damage when load

tested by an 18144 kg eccentric static load. 5. The minimum thickness of manhole 1000 mm dia shall be 9.32 mm.

SECTION 02640

2 of 5

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

60 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

6. FRP steps and ladders shall be supplied along with the manhole and installed on the jobsite by either bolting through the manhole wall (sealing with silicone caulking) or bonding the ladder to the wall with fiberglass lay-ups.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Excavation, Preparation of Trench and Backfill:

A. Conform to requirements of SAES-A-114 and Section 02200 except where more stringent requirements are indicated by the Manhole Manufacturer.

B. Excavation at manhole location should be at least wide enough to accommodate

the slab specified on the drawings and to provide working room around the manhole.

3.02 Installation

A. Conform to the requirements of the Manufacturer.

B. Inspect the manholes before installation to detect defects. Mark defective materials with paint and promptly remove from site.

C. When placing manhole in the trench, fabric slings or a timber inserted through top

access hole shall be used. The manhole shall not be dragged along the bottom of the trench, nor humped, and it shall be supported by the timber while being fitted to the desired location. No metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted to come into unnecessary contact with the pipe or fittings.

D. The manhole shall be laid at the level and gradient stipulated on a concrete slab of

dimension as indicated on the drawings. The manhole shall be aligned carefully in both the horizontal and vertical planes. With cut-outs made, position manhole so that it may be set in place with the appropriate lifting device.

E. Pour ready mix concrete in excavation to form slab of thickness and dimension as

indicated on the drawings. Lower manhole in place until top of cut-out gently rest upon pipe. Plumb manhole and work concrete around manhole and over the pipe forming a tight seal.

G. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign matter around the manhole and

over the pipe in order to achieve a tight seal. During laying operations, no debris, tools, cloth or other materials are to be allowed around the manhole.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

61 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

H. Pipe cut-outs at the flowline are made in manhole barrel prior to setting manhole in place over pipe in trench. The size of the flowline cutout shall be determined as per the Manufacturer’s recommendation.

I. Field repairs to the manholes should not be attempted prior to consultation with the

Fiberglass Manhole designated Representative.

J. The manholes shall be installed in an environment approved in advance by a duly authorized representative of the Manhole manufacturer.

3.03 Field Quality Control

A. Testing shall conform to the requirements of SAES-S-070. 3.04 Testing of Backfill

A. Conform to requirements of Section 02200, Earthwork 3.05 Testing for Manholes

A. The test shall be conducted as directed by Saudi Aramco Representative for two or more manholes.

B. The test shall be carried out prior to any backfilling activity.

C. All service lateral directly connected to the manhole and not subject for testing shall

be properly capped or plugged and carefully checked against any possibility or leakage.

D. The upper manhole shall be securely tightened and water will introduced into the

downstream manhole until the manhole at upstream side is completely filled.

E. After filling with water the manhole must be allowed to stand for at least several hours before beginning the test. During this time some water absorption will take place after the water absorption has stabilized the water level in the manhole is checked and water added if necessary.

F. The tests now ready to begin the drop-in the water level shall be measured and

recorded, the test shall be held for 24 hrs.

G. The measured drops in the manholes and converted to leakage in terms of gallons per inch.

SECTION 02640

4 of 5

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

62 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

H. Manholes, pipe settings, and material found to be defective under test shall be repaired and restored as necessary unit test requirements are met satisfactorily.

I. The test shall be repeated after the repair of any defects until the system is proved

satisfactorily.

J. The manholes will be considered satisfactory if there is no evidence of leakage or level drop noticed during the specified test period.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

63 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02667 – SITE WATER LINES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Pipe and fittings for site water line. B. Valves and valve boxes. C. Placement of pipe sleeves in concrete walls beams and floors.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02200 – Earthwork 1.03 NOT USED 1.04 REFERENCES

A. ANSI/ASTM D2466 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.

B. ANSI/AWWA C111- Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Grey-Iron

Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

C. ANSI/AWWA C500 - Gate Valves, 3 through 48 in NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems.

D. ANSI/AWWA C508 - Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in through

24 in NPS. E. ANSI/AWWA C509 - Resilient Seated Gate Valves 3 in through 12 in NPS, for

Water and Sewage Systems.

F. ANSI/AWWA C900 - Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inch through 12 inch, for Water.

G. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube.

H. ASTM D1785 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, &

120.

SECTION 02667

1of 5

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

64 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

I. ASTM D2241 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR).

J. ASTM D3139 - Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.

K. ASTM D3035 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Controlled

Outside Diameter.

L. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings, 1/2 inch through 3 inch, for Water

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves and

accessories.

B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions.

B. Accurately record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, and invert elevations.

C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of

uncharted utilities.


A. Perform Work in accordance with SAES-S-070. B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of General

Terms and Conditions.

B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SAUDI ARAMCO approved vendor.

SECTION 02667 2of 5

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

65 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2.02 PIPE

A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 80 ASTM D2241, SDR-26 for 160 psig pressure rating SDR-41 for 100 psig rating SDR-21 for 200 psig rating for buried only.

1. Fittings: ANSI/ASTM D2466, PVC for buried piping 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld for buried piping 3. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, clear brightly colored plastic

covering, imprinted with "Water Service" in large letters. B. Filament wound: Glass fiber reinforced: with liner: 01-SAMSS-034 class II 1030

kpa (150 psi) at 93ºC (200ºF) maximum service temperature: bell x spigot ends for adhesive bonded joints: 5.5 to 6.4m (18 to 21 FT) joints. Bocdstrans Ltd. series 6000 or approved equal.

2.03 GATE VALVES - Up to 3 Inches (75 mm)

A. Brass or Bronze body, non-rising stem, inside screw, single wedge or disc,

compression IPS ends, with control rod, extension box and valve key or C.S. ASTM A105, API 602 Class 800.

2.04 BEDDING MATERIALS

A. Bedding: Material shall be dune quality sand containing only wind blown sand

free of rocks and clods of any size.

2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Backflow Preventer: Conform with American Society of sanitary engineering #

1015 and American Water Works Association # C-506 bronze body construction, stainless steel internal parts, tight-seating check valve assemblies, maximum flow at low pressure drop, equipped with a strainer, gate valves and ball type test cocks.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions. B. Verify that building service connection and utility water main size, location and

invert as indicated.

SECTION 02667 3of 5

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

66 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.03 BEDDING

A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02200 for work of this Section.

Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated.

B. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level fill materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 8 inches (200 mm) and not less than 150 mm compacted depth, compact to 95 percent.

C. Cover the pipe with clean sand from the bottom to 6” above the top of the pipe

and compacted to 70% relative density.

3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. Maintain separation of water main from sewer piping in accordance with UPC

code and SAES-S-060 & 070.

B. Install pipe to indicated elevation to within tolerance of 5/8 inches (20 mm).

C. Install grooved and shouldered pipe joints to ANSI/AWWA C606. D. Route pipe in straight line.

E. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints. F. Install access fittings to permit disinfection of water system performed as per

SAES-S-060. G. Slope water pipe and position drain at low points. H. Establish elevations of buried piping to ensure not less than 4 ft (1.2 m) of cover. I. Install trace wire continuous over top of pipe buried 6 inches (150 mm) below

finish grade, above pipe line. J. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02200.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

67 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.05 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM

A. Flush and disinfect system in accordance with SAES-S-060 Sec. 1010.

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of SAUDI

ARAMCO standard (SAES-S-060, S-070) B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D1557.

ANSI/ASTM D698, AASHTO T180, ASTM D2922, ASTM D3017 C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work,

replace and retest at no cost to Owner.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

68 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02732 – SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary sewerage drainage piping, fittings, accessories and bedding. B. Cleanout accesses. C. Connecting vent pipes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 02200 - Earth work B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete type for cleanout base pad

construction. C. Section 15404 - Sanitary Sewer Systems D. Section 15441 - Plumbing Specialties

1.03 REFERENCES

A. AASHTO T180 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10-lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and an 18-in. (457 mm) Drop.

B. ANSI/ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-

Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb (2.49 Kg) Rammer and 12 inch (304.8 mm) Drop. C. ANSI/ASTM D1557 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and

Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop.

D. ANSI/ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and

Fittings. E. ASTM D1785 - Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. F. ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by

Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). G. ASTM D3017 - Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate

Mixtures.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

69 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.04 DEFINITIONS

A. Bedding: Fill placed under, beside and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill operations. Material shall be dune quality sand containing only wind blown sand free of rocks and clots of any size.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, pipe accessories, and fittings. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to

install Products specified. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified

requirements. SASO Standards. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Record location of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts, and invert elevations. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of

uncharted utilities. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to applicable Saudi Aramco Standards listed in Scope of Work for materials and installation of the Work of this section.

1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify that field measurements and elevations are as indicated or drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS

A. Plastic Pipe: ANSI/ASTM D3034, Type PSM, Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) material; bell and spigot style.

B. Plastic Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, 80, 120, Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)

material; bell and spigot style solvent sealed joint end. C. RTR Pipe: Filament-wound, glass fiber reinforced with liner, 01-SAMSS-034 class

II, 1030 KPA (150 psi) at 93ºC (200ºF) maximum service temperature, bell x spigot ends, for adhesive bonded joints, 6.1m or 12.2m (20 FT or 40 FT) joints, 4 inch. series 6000 or approved equal.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

70 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2.02 PIPE ACCESSORIES

A. Pipe Joints: To be solvent sealed joints. B. Fittings: Same material, size and end design as pipe, in tees, bends, elbows,

cleanouts, reducers, traps and other configurations as required. 2.03 CLEANOUTS As per Saudi Aramco Standard Drawing BD-950076. 2.04 MANHOLES

A. Fiberglass reinforced polyester manholes conform to ASTM D3753 specification & physical properties according to ASTM D695 & ASTM D2412.

B. Manhole Frame and Cover: Heavy duty cast-iron capable of withstanding H-20

wheel load. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that trench cut excavation base is ready to receive work, excavations dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on layout drawings.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with fine course aggregate.

B. Remove large stones or other hard matter, which could damage pipe or cause

inconsistent backfilling or compaction. C. Make flow line cutouts in the barrel of the manhole prior to setting manhole in

place.

3.03 BEDDING A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02200 for work of this Section.

Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated on drawings.

B. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in continuous layer not

exceeding 8 inches (200 mm) compacted and not less than 150 mm depth and compact to 95 percent.

C. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required

compaction density.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

71 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE

A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with ASTM C12, ASTM D2321. Seal joints watertight.

B. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings; with maximum tolerance of 1/8 inch

(3 mm) in 10 feet (3.0M). C. Install bedding at sides and over top of pipe to minimum compacted thickness of 6

inches (150 mm); compacted to 95 percent. D. Refer to Section 02200 for trenching requirements. Do not displace or damage

pipe when compacting.

3.05 INSTALLATION - CLEANOUTS

A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. B. Form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad, with provision for sanitary sewer

pipe end sections. C. Establish elevations and pipe invert for inlets and outlets as indicated or as

required by Saudi Aramco Representative. D. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to elevation

indicated. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Request inspection by Saudi Aramco Representative prior to and immediately after placing bedding.

B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D1557,

ANSI/ASTM D698, AASHTO T180, ASTM D2922, and ASTM D3017. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace

and retest at no cost to Saudi Aramco. D. Pressure Test: Test in accordance with SAES-S-070. E. Deflection Test: Test in accordance with UPC. 3.07 PROTECTION

A. Protect pipe and bedding from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

72 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION

The purpose of this project is to supply, install, test and commission an automated irrigation system with all related components for the “KHURSANIYAH SUPPORT FACILITIES” consisting of irrigation control system, irrigation control wire, field AC electric control valves, irrigation filtration system, sprinklers, bubblers, on line drippers and other necessary components.

1.2. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work shall be read in conjunction with the contract material specifications, contract drawings and installation details and it includes but not limited to the following:

1. The contractor shall prepare the shop drawings showing but not limited to The

Main line, Laterals, solenoid valves, control wires route and numbers, Irrigation Controllers, sprinklers, integrated dripper lines, on line drippers, Bubblers and flush valves.

2. The contractor shall submit for client approval technical information and samples of

the material he intends to use which should be in accordance with the material specifications of this project.

3. The contractor shall commission the irrigation system upon completing the work

and then shall be handed over. 4. The contractor and upon completing the work shall provide the client with six

original sets of As-Built drawings accurately reflecting the executed works and installation details.

5. The contractor shall upon completing the works provide the client with detailed

Operation and Maintenance Manuals (With applicable Arabic translations) in six originals. The manuals shall include but not limited to; complete and marked literature of all products used on the project and its reordering part numbers. It shall also include a list of the recommended spare parts for a period of 5 years. It shall include original print of the As Built drawings.

6. The client prior to issuing the Project Handing over Certificate shall approve the As-

Built Drawings and the Operation & maintenance Manual.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

73 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of irrigation equipment, central control systems, pumps and fittings whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years.

2. Installers: Firms regularly engaged in the installation of irrigation works of a similar

quality and scope as this project for at least 5 years. 1.4. APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

1. SAES-A-104 Wastewater Treatment, Reuse and Disposal. 2. SAES-S-040 Saudi Aramco Water Systems. 3. SAES-S-70 Installation of Utility Piping Systems. 4. ISO R 161 Confirming to German Standards Din 8061 & 19532 5. SASO 14&15 Confirming to Saudi Pipes Standards 6. BS: CP312 - Code of Practice for Plastics Pipe work (Thermoplastic Materials) of

a uPVC Pipe work and Fittings 7. BS: 1780 - Specification for bourdon tube pressure and vacuum gauges. 8. BS: 3505 - Specification for uPVC pressure pipes for cold potable water. 9. BS: 4346 - Joints and fittings for use with uPVC pressure pipes. 10. BS: 5150 - Specification for cast iron wedge and double disk gate valves for

general purposes. 11. BS: 5154 - Specification for copper alloy globe, globe stop and check, check

and gate valves for general purposes 12. BS: 8010 - Code of practice for pipelines.

1.5. SUBMITTALS

1. Shop Drawings - The contractor to prepare the project shop drawings in 6 sets which to be approved by the client representative prior to commencing installation work. The contractor shall prepare the shop drawings showing but not limited to The Main line, Laterals, solenoid valves, control wires route and numbers, Irrigation Controllers, sprinklers, integrated dripper lines, on line drippers, Bubblers and flush valves


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

74 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Products – The contractor shall submit for client approval prior to commencing installation works; the products he intends to use with all technical details and literature in accordance with the specifications below.

3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals-The contractor shall submit 6 sets of the

detailed Operation & Maintenance Manual with equipment reordering codes and literature.

4. As-Built Drawings- The contractor shall submit 6 sets of the complete project as-

built drawings reflecting the actual site installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL

1. All primary distribution pipe work shall be Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (uPVC) to Class 5.

2. All secondary distribution pipe work shall be Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride

(uPVC) to Class 4. 3. All primary distribution pipe fittings shall be solvent welded uPVC 16 bar 4. As an alternative to the Specifications in items 1&2, uPVC pipe work confirming to

BS 3505 Class E and fittings to BS 4346 of equivalent pressure rating may be used.

5. Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipes: All pipes shall be manufactured to SASO

14, Class V or BS 3505, Class E. All couplings and fittings for uPVC pipes shall be manufactured of materials conforming to BS 4346: Part I.

6. Flexible Pipes for irrigation on line drippers shall be in the required sizes as shown

on the drawings and B.O.Q extruded from linear low density polyethylene version raw material. Pipes shall be resistant to algae and ultraviolet deterioration with Carbon Black content not less than 2.25 %.

2.2 APPLICATION DEVICES 2.2.1 Grass Area:

SPRAY POP-UP SPRINKLER

The sprinkler shall be equipped with an adjustable arc (1-360° ) nozzle discharging a flow of between 1.6 and 4.3 GPM for the full circle and it shall be available in sizes to cover a radius of 10, 12, 15 and 17 feet at a pressure of 25 PSI. And it shall be available with side strip pattern nozzle covering an area (width x length) of 1.5 m x 9.1 m.

SECTION 02810

3 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

75 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

The sprinkler nozzle shall automatically adjust the flow depending on the arc setting in order to have a matched precipitation rate. It shall be an integral part of the riser assembly that can not be removed, and has the ability to open fully to allow flushing. It shall have grooves on the inner surface to allow dirt to go out of the nozzle easily. The sprinkler shall have radius reduction capability by means of a stainless steel, arc and radius adjustment screw. It shall also be possible to adjust arc and radius from the top of the riser assembly, using an adjustment key. This adjustment shall be possible in all the phases of installation (before and after installation, while static and while operating). The sprinkler shall have an inlet screen of length not less than 100 mm. It shall have 30 mm exposed diameter after installation. The body and riser of the sprinkler shall be constructed of non-corrodible, heavy duty A.B.S The sprinkler shall accept a drain check valve, installed in the field from in the base of the riser to prevent drainage. It shall have a stainless steel spring for positive retraction when irrigation is complete. The sprinkler shall carry a one-year, exchange warranty (not prorated). The sprinkler shall be Hunter Industries Incorporated, San Marcos, California or equal approved. ROTOR POP-UP SPRINKLER (6 – 8m radius) The sprinkler shall be of the gear-driven closed case, rotary type, capable of covering a radius of 4.6 to 11.3 m and to give a flow of 0.64- to 5.3 gpm at a pressure range of 30-50 psi. The sprinkler shall have radius reduction capabilities by means of a stainless steel nozzle retainer/radius adjustment screw. The sprinkler shall be available in an adjustable part circle configuration. The adjustable part-circle unit shall be minutely adjustable from 40-360°. The adjustable unit shall be adjustable in all phases of installation. All adjustments shall be done from the top of the riser. The gears of the sprinkler shall be water lubricated and they shall be enclosed in an inner case to prevent dirty water entry. The sprinkler shall be equipped with a self-adjusting stator to ensure constant rotation speed irrespective of the nozzle installed. It shall be provided with an optional drain check valve to prevent low head drainage. The sprinkler shall have an exposed diameter of 30mm after installation, and it shall have a ½ inch female threaded inlet. The sprinkler shall have a thick rubber cover firmly attached to the top of the sprinkler riser. The body and the riser of the sprinkler shall be constructed of non-corrodible, heavy duty A.B.S. It shall have a stainless steel spring for positive retraction of the riser when irrigation is complete. It shall be serviceable after installation by unscrewing the body cap, removing the riser assembly and extracting the inlet filter. The sprinkler shall be supplied with a set of minimum eight nozzles.

SECTION 02810

4 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

76 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

The sprinkler shall be manufactured by Hunter Industries Incorporated, San Marcos, California or equal approved. ROTOR POP-UP SPRINKLER (10–12m radius) The sprinkler shall be of the gear-driven, closed case rotary type, capable of covering a radius of between 8.5 m and 15.8 m and to give a flow of between 0.5 and 14.1 gpm at a pressure of between 30 and 70 psi. The sprinkler shall be available with twelve standard nozzles (nozzle trajectory 25°) and optional seven low-angle nozzles (nozzle trajectory13°) The sprinkler shall have radius adjustment capabilities by means of a stainless-steel nozzle retainer/radius adjustment screw. It shall be available in both full-circle and adjustable part-circle configurations. The adjustable part circle unit shall be minutely adjustable from 40° to 360°. The adjustable unit shall be adjustable in all phases of installation i.e., before installation, after installation while static, and after installation while in operation. The sprinkler shall have a constant rotation speed irrespective of the nozzle installed. It shall have a minimum of 4” (100 mm) pop-up stroke to bring the rotating nozzle turret into a clean environment. The sprinkler shall have a thick rubber cover firmly attached to the top of the sprinkler riser. It shall be equipped with a drain check valve to prevent low head drainage, and be capable of checking up to 10 feet (3, 0 m) in elevation change. It shall have an exposed surface diameter after installation at least 40 mm. The sprinkler shall have an overall height of 19 cm. The sprinkler shall have a 3/4-inch Female National Pipe Thread (FNPT) inlet. The sprinkler shall be serviceable after installation in the field by unscrewing the body cap, removing the riser assembly, and extracting the inlet filter screen. The body of the sprinkler shall be constructed of non-corrodible, heavy-duty A.B.S. It shall have a stainless steel spring for positive retraction of the riser when irrigation is complete. The sprinkler shall be manufactured by Hunter Industries Incorporated, San Marcos, California or equal approved.

2.2.2 Trees and Palm trees:

BUBBLERS

The bubbler shall be of the pressure compensating type having a fixed flow under a pressure range of 20 to 90 PSI. It shall be constructed of corrosion and UV resistant plastic material.

SECTION 02810

5 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

77 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

The bubbler shall have an integral elastomeric flow bushing to maintain a constant flow at different pressure range. The bubbler shall have a plastic screen filter to protect it from debris that could be available in the water. It shall have a ½ inch female threaded inlet (FNPT) for connection to a ½ inch male threaded riser. The bubbler shall be available in 0.25, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 GPM flow rates. The bubbler shall carry a two years warranty.

2.2.3 GROUND COVER AND SHRUB BEDS:

ON LINE DRIPPERS

The dripper shall be single outlet and it shall be available with a flow of 4, and 8 Liters per Hour (LPH) and shall be of the pressure compensating and continuously self-cleaning type. The dripper shall have an independent pressure compensation mechanism with dual regulation having an EPDM diaphragm and a turbulent flow labyrinth path. The 8 LPH dripper shall have a flow path with depth 0.062”, width 0.062”, and length 0.67”.The 4 LPH dripper shall have a flow path with depth 0.055”, width 0.051”, and length 2.36”. The dripper shall have a uniform flow rate at a pressure range of 7-60 psi and shall have no flow emission spike at start up low pressure of 7 PSI. The dripper shall have a built in anti-siphon mechanism to prevent suction of external impurities with the need of dust cap. It shall have the Anti-Leak mechanism to prevent water draining out of the dripper at a pressure of 7 PSI. The dripper shall have a nipple outlet with color coded cap to identify flow for each type. It shall have a barbed inlet having an inlet filter. The dripper shall have a Coefficient of Manufacturing Variation (CV) 0.03 less. VALVES REMOTE CONTROL ELECTRIC SOLENOID VALVES The electrical solenoid valves shall be of the globe type normally closed, electronically actuated, diaphragm operated.

The valve’s body and bonnet shall be molded of non-corrodible, glass-reinforced nylon, rated at an operating pressure of 220 PSI. The body of the valve shall have brass inserts, with through holes, which will accept the bonnet Stainless steel bolts.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

78 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

The diaphragm shall be of molded construction, reinforced with nylon fabric. A heavy-duty removable seat shall be available to protect and support the diaphragm.

The valve shall be equipped with an internal filter as well with a self-cleaning metering rod, so only clean water can enter the solenoid chamber. A filter cleaning system, that continuously cleans the filter when the valve is operating, shall be available.

The valve shall be equipped with a flow control mechanism with handle, which regulates the flow from full on to completely off. It shall have an accurate set pressure regulator, to keep the downstream pressure constant after setting it. The regulator shall be of the top dial model with clearly shown pressure values in bars and PSI. It shall regulate the flow at a pressure range of 20 to 100 PSI.

The valve shall be available in 1, 1.5, 2 and 3 inch size and it shall have a NPT female thread inlet and outlet. It shall accommodate a flow rate from 0.1 gpm (1”size) to 300 gpm (3”size)

The valve shall have a 24 volts 60 cycle solenoid with a 370 mA in-rush current and 190 mA holding current.

The solenoid shall be an encapsulated, one-piece unit with a captive plunger. The Valve shall be equipped with a manual internal bleed only giving the capability to release the upper chamber water to the down stream piping, allowing the valve to open. No external bleed shall be available

The valve shall carry a five years exchange warranty. AIR RELEASE VALVES Air relief valves shall be of the sizes shown on the Drawings and shall be of the kinetic/automatic type that will automatically release air when the lines are being filled with water and when air entrapment occurs while the system is working. The Valves shall be of the 2”size with plastic or brass male base. The body of the valve shall be constructed heavy duty plastic. The working components of the valve shall be constructed of 100% corrosion resistant materials to ensure maximum life and minimum water loss due to leaks. The Air Release valve shall employ roll seal mechanism made of EPDM and shall remain open even when pipeline air pressure reaches 10 psi. QUICK COUPLING VALVES The Valve shall be operated by insertion of a compatible hollow coupler key. The valve shall be operated by a 90º turn in clockwise direction with reverse turn for closure and be capable of 360-swivel action.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

79 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

The valves shall be of the low-pressure loss type. The Valve Body shall be made from brass material and have the two-section type with removable upper body. It shall be supplied with spring loaded locking cover made from thermoplastic rubber. The cover spring shall be of stainless steel material. GATE VALVES Gate valves shall be designed for a working pressure of not less than 10 bars and water operating temperature of 45° C. Valves shall be the same size as the incoming line size with a clear waterway equal to the full nominal diameter of the valves and shall be opened by turning anti-clockwise. The operating nut or wheel shall have an arrow cast in valve indicating the direction of opening. Valves smaller than 3” shall be all bronze or brass conforming to BS 5154 with thread end connections. Valves 3” and larger shall be cast iron body, and shall conform to BS 5150 with flange end connections. VALVE BOXES The valve boxes shall have enclosures, which are made of M 80064F series injected molded grade High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) with ultra violet additives, according to ASTM-D-1238. It shall be light in weight with reduced side angles and increased break resistance. The valve box shall be non-conductive or sparking. The valve boxes shall be available in sizes 610, 910, 1419 and 1320 depending on installation requirements as per scope of work, specifications and drawings. FILTRATION SYSTEM The filter system shall be composed of two 4” standard angle disc filter units, each unit shall be capable of filtering 240 GPM of average quality water. The filters shall be of the ‘grooved disc’ design providing both surface and depth filtration in a compact design, thus leading to bigger filtration area and giving extra protection to the system. The filtration rate of the filter shall be compatible with the irrigation system flow and pressure and the filter shall be rated for pressure not less than 10 Bars. The entire filter shall be constructed of non-corrosive UV resistant plastic or plastic composites.

SECTION 02810

8 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

80 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

The body cover and internal components shall be constructed of non-corrosive glass reinforced nylon or equivalent. A ball valve shall be located at the end to flush the debris held between the body and the filter element. The grooved discs shall be made of highly chemical resistant polypropylene with gaskets of EPDM and Nitrile rubber or equivalent material. The filters could have the capability to be assembled on a filter battery with automatic ‘backwash’ system controlled by a pressure differential switch. The manifold of the battery shall be G.I., pipes. Filtration shall not be less than 120 mesh, unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. IRRIGATION CONTROL CABLES The irrigation control cables shall be used between the solenoid valves and the irrigation controllers. The cables shall be of the single conductor type UF and they shall be engineered for direct burial use. The conductor shall be of the solid/stranded plain copper. They shall have extra heavy thickness of special polyvinyl chloride insulation according to UL 493 rated 600 V, highly resistant to the saline, acid or alkaline contaminants. The copper conductors of the wires shall meet the requirements of ASTM B-3, B-8. The thermoplastic insulation shall meet ASTM D-2219. All irrigation wires shall have surface printing on insulation. REGULAR IRRIGATION CONTROLLERS The controller shall be of a modular design with a standard 8-station model. There shall be an insert able add-on 4 station and 8 station modules that enable the controller to be customized from 8 stations up to 48 stations in 4 or 8 stations increments. The controller shall have three independent programs (A, B, C) with 8 start times per program and one program (D) that can run concurrently with the other programs. Watering time shall be available from 1 minute to 2 hours in 1-minute increment per station in programs A, B and C and from 1 minute to 12 hours in program D. The controller shall have 4 weekly schedule options to choose from: 7-day calendar, 31 days calendar, odd days programming and even days programming. The controller shall also have a 365 days calendar clock to accommodate true odd even watering. All programming shall be accomplished by use of a programming dial and selection buttons with user feed back by LCD display. The controller shall be equipped by a rain sensor.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

81 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

The controller shall have a cycle and soak scheduling capability that allows a cycle to be programmed for up to 60 minutes and a soak period up to 60 minutes. The controller shall have a seasonal adjust feature that allows for station run times to be changed from 10% to 150% in 10% increments to compensate for weather changes. The controller shall have automatic short circuit detection. The controller shall have an electrical power input for 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, complete with surge protector. Transformer Output 24VAC, 1.5 A Station output 24 VAC, 0.56 A. The controller shall be equipped with a programmable pump circuit that can activate the pump start relay by zone. It shall have a programmable delay between valve stations. Programs backup shall be provided by a non-volatile memory circuit that will hold the program, time and date indefinitely. The controller shall have a Stainless Steel cabinet and it shall be pedestal mounted. The pedestal shall be stainless steel. The controller shall have programmable delay between valve stations. Delays between stations shall be programmable up to a maximum of 10 hours delay. The controller shall be compatible with a long-range, multi-site remote control (ICR). The ICR has a signal strong enough to go through obstructions such as buildings, walls or trees and communicate with a controller for a half-mile or more. In addition, when nothing is in its path, the ICR can function up to two miles from the controller. The ICR remote control operates with the Smart Port® system of the specified controller. MISCELLANEOUS Irrigation Drip Line Stakes: Stakes for securing flexible pipes shall be galvanized steel wire, Gauge 8. Minimum overall length of hoop-shaped stake is 20cm Non-metallic Nipple: Nipples where used shall conform to SAS 14/15, Class 5 uPVC or BS 4346: Part I, uniformly grey in color. Keys: the Contractor shall provide Keys for all valves, controller cabinets, boxes, quick couplers, etc. The number of keys to be provided to the Engineer for each type of fitting shall be six (6). Hoses: Hoses, quick couplers and appropriate connectors shall be provided by the Contractor for quick coupling valves, drain down points, 'Y' strainer blow down points, etc. Quick couplers and hoses - One (1) quick coupler with swivel end unit and twenty five (25) meters of industrial weight double nylon cord reinforcement hose for each installed eight (8) quick coupling valves.

SECTION 02810

10 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

82 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION

1. All materials shall be shipped or otherwise conveyed in such a manner as to assure no damage. All boxes shall be securely sealed and clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer. All pipes shall be protected from crimping, crushing and splitting. All non-metallic system components shall be protected from sunlight exposure as per the manufacturer's recommendations.

2. Work and materials shall be protected from damage during storage, handling and

construction. Particularly, non-metallic pipes and fittings shall be protected from direct sunlight during storage. Facilities of the necessary dimensions shall be pro-vided and maintained for storage of all non-metallic irrigation materials in their entirety. All non-metallic materials shall be handled carefully and stored under cover to avoid damage. Pipes that have been damaged or dented will not be used in this work.

3. In addition to the provisions for the protection of non-metallic components, special

attention shall be given to the protection of the control system components; protection shall be provided as per the manufacturer's written recommendations.

4. Openings into the system, apparatus and equipment shall be securely covered,

both before and after being set in place, to prevent obstruction in the pipes and the breakage, misuse or disfigurement of the apparatus or equipment.

5. Barricades, guards, warning signs and lights as necessary or required, for the

protection of the public and the work force shall be provided. 6. Utilities: The location of existing underground utilities shall be determined and the

works performed in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavation, as required shall be carried out to minimize the possibility of damage to existing underground utilities.

3.02 PERFORMANCE Layout and Verification:

1. The Contractor shall stake-out the locations of all pipe and valves and the layout of work as accurately as possible.

2. The Contractor shall verify all horizontal and vertical site dimensions prior to

staking. 3. The Contractor will be responsible for relocating any existing services after first

obtaining the Engineer's approval. The Contractor shall remove and relocate such services, at his own expense, if so directed by the Engineer.

SECTION 02810

11 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

83 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

4. Before starting work on irrigation systems, the Contractor shall carefully check all

grades to determine that work may safely proceed, keeping within the specified material depths.

5. Fittings installed on pipes beneath pavements or walls shall be shown on drawings. 6. All changes shall be recorded daily on the “As-Built" worksheets.

3.03 INSPECTION

The Contractor shall inspect all products for damage immediately before installation. Any products that are found to be damaged or not in accordance with the specifications shall immediately be repaired or removed from the site and replaced. Repairs shall not be undertaken without the Engineer's approval of Contractor's proposed action.

3.04 INSTALLATION

1. Excavation and backfilling shall be in accordance with detail drawings. 2. In bedding and backfilling granular material shall be used below and above the

pipes. The back fill material shall be free of stones. 3. Cast-in-place concrete shall be in accordance with the common civil works

standards covering the concrete class, shattering work, curing procedures etc. 4. All products shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction and

the Drawings. 5. Location of Irrigation Lines:

a. Where the location of an irrigation line is not clearly dimensioned on the

Drawings, the irrigation line shall not be laid horizontally closer than 3.0 meters from a sewer.

b. However, where the bottom of the irrigation line will be at least 0.3 meters

above the top of the sewer pipe, the irrigation line shall not be laid closer horizontally than 1.5 meters from the sewer.

c. Where irrigation lines cross under gravity-flow sewer lines, the sewer pipe

shall be fully encased in concrete, for a distance of at least 3.0 meters each side of the crossing or shall be made of pressure pipe with no joint located within 1.0 meters horizontally of the crossing.

d. Irrigation lines shall, in all cases, cross 0.6 meter above sewage pressure

mains.

SECTION 02810

12 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

84 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

e. Generally, where the irrigation distribution or secondary main with accompanying cable bundle is running under hard surfaces or landscaped areas the pipe and the cables will be directly buried in a clean sand bed with a marker tape above. At road junctions or other locations where pipes cross the road they shall be contained in a direct buried PVC sleeve. The sleeve shall extend beyond the road crossing by at least one meter on both sides. The sleeve shall be a minimum of 100 mm diameter and for larger pipes will be at least 25mm greater in diameter than the pipe running through it.

f. Header mains shall be direct buried in sand in the landscaped areas only.

6. Placing and Laying:

a. Pipes shall not be laid in water or when trench conditions are otherwise

unsuitable for the work. Water shall be kept out of the trench until the material in the joints has hardened or until caulking or jointing is completed. When work is not in progress, open ends of the pipe, fittings, and valves shall be securely closed so that no substance will enter the pipes or fittings.

b. Pipe ends left for future connections shall be valved, plugged or capped,

and anchored, as shown or as directed. Pipes that have the grade or joint disturbed after laying shall be taken up and relaid.

c. All piping with the exception of the flexible irrigation drip line shall be

surrounded by a sand bed to the dimensions as shown on the Drawings.

7. Plastic pipes

Shall be installed in accordance with BS 8010: Part 1 and the Manufacturer's recommendations. Pipes with threaded joints shall be snaked from side to side of the trench to allow for expansion and contraction.

8. Jointing:

a. Pipe joints of uPVC shall be installed in accordance with recommendations

of the manufacturer. Excess jointing material shall be removed. b. uPVC male adaptors with specified threaded joint compounds to make

connections between plastic pipe and valves shall be used as detailed, and tightened with light wrench pressure.

9. Concrete thrust blocks shall be constructed on main pipelines at all changes in

direction or size. The thrust blocks shall be un-reinforced concrete and shall have a minimum dimension of 300 mm. The pipelines shall be located centrally in the thrust blocks.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

85 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

10. Irrigation piping from the remote control valve boxes to the end of the irrigation drip lines shall be buried to the depths as shown on the Drawings.

11. Closing of Pipe and Flushing Lines:

a. Closing: Openings in piping systems shall be capped or plugged, leaving

caps and plugs in place until removal is necessary for completion of the installation. Dirt and debris shall be prevented from entering pipe or equipment.

b. Flushing: All pipes and tubing shall be thoroughly flushed out before

installation of the emitter control valves. Butt joints, fittings and connections shall remain visible.

12. Tagging and Identification: All remote control valves, motor-operated valves,

pressure reducing valves, manually-operated gate valves and controllers shall be tagged and identified. All identifying numbers shall be consistent with like designations indicated on the irrigation controller schedule.

13. Site Equipment Installation:

a. Isolation Valve/Gate Valve: Shall be installed as detailed and where

indicated on Drawings. b. Remote Control Valve Assembly: Shall be installed in the positions as

indicated in the details, remote control valve assembly comprising gate valve, remote control valve with pressure regulator, and all appurtenances. Valve boxes containing the assembly shall not be placed closer than 300mm to paved areas. When the pressure gauge has been properly attached, the outlet pressure shall be set as required during coverage tests.

c. Valve Boxes: Shall be installed as detailed and where indicated on

Drawings. All valves and valve assemblies shall be mounted in boxes as detailed.

- The top of all boxes shall be set parallel with the grade and as detailed

in a neat and orderly fashion. - Shall be placed parallel to paving, kerbs, walls or similar structures and

where more than one box, parallel to each other.

- All box locations shall be reviewed with the Engineer prior to installation of valves.

- Valve boxes shall not rest on or come in contact with the valve, piping, hose or conduit.

SECTION 02810

14 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

86 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

- Valve circuit number of the remote control valve shall be painted on rim of box, such that: i. Minimum height of letters and numerals - 38 mm.

ii. Black enamel paint.

iii. It shall be located on inlet side of box with bottom of letter aligned

with outer edge of box.

iv. A soak away 500 mm deep shall be provided under all valve boxes using clean crushed aggregate 20 - 30 mm nominal size.

14. Control System:

1. Irrigation Controller:

a. An irrigation controller shall be installed in locations approved by the

Engineer, with the control cables, clearly marked with identification markers, attached to the appropriate terminals in the approved manner.

b. Shall be secure to a concrete pad with approved anchor bolts. Chipping, cracking, or otherwise marring the finish of enclosure when securing to the concrete pad shall be avoided.

c. Programming of Irrigation Controller: Using the controller schedule provided on the drawings, as a guide, the irrigation controller shall be programmed to correspond with the initial irrigation sequencing and duration of the cycles for each zone.

15. Irrigation - Electrical:

a. The Contractor shall provide, install, test and commission all items of

electrical equipment associated with the irrigation systems. b. All electrical works shall be in accordance with the BS and IEC, and as

further specified in Sections under Division 16. c. The irrigation system shall commence at the controllers which shall be fitted

into a dwarf type distribution cabinet with solar shade and shall have a bolting down foot for mounting on a pre-formed concrete base. All incoming and outgoing cables shall be from below ground level. The cabinet shall have a hinged lockable opening door to provide full front access to the controller and equipment and shall be sized according to the equipment being installed.

d. All terminals shall be of the crimped spade type with insulated grip. At all

connection locations 150 mm of "slack" shall be provided. SECTION 02810

15 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

87 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

e. Conductor markers shall be used throughout which shall clearly indicate the circuit reference or number. These shall be white plastic with black letters or numbers and of the type which acts as a sleeve over the conductor in-sulation.

f. Connections onto valves shall be made in a below ground PVC resin filled

molded waterproof connector with integral wire clamp.

16. Drip Line/Soft line Testing:

a. Drip lines shall be carefully uncoiled and laid in position without kinking. Any kinked section shall be cut from the line and subsequently rejoined with a line joiner section.

b. Drip lines shall be snaked as required for maximum coverage without the

use of compression fittings. Sharp bends shall be avoided where there is a likelihood of causing kinks in the line.

c. Drip lines shall be laid on the ground surface for a minimum of 48 hours

prior to the installation of irrigation emitters or stakes. d. After this period the drip lines shall be realigned and secured to the ground

with stakes at 5 m intervals.

17. Concrete Pads:

a. Installation as detailed and where shown on the Drawings. b. The exact location shall be confirmed to the Engineer prior to pouring. c. Specified non-metallic conduit shall be provided as required to penetrate

boxes and enclosures as approved by the Engineer. d. The anchor bolts shall be set in coordination with enclosure hole locations.

3.05 SYSTEM TESTING

1. Purging:

a. Immediately prior to hydrostatic testing, all irrigation lines shall be thoroughly purged of all entrapped air.

b. Mainline piping system may be tested in section. Lateral Systems shall be tested

valve by valve. c. Water shall be discharged from a single outlet by manipulation of isolation control

valves and installation of temporary caps. SECTION 02810

16 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

88 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

d. Water shall be introduced into lines to be tested at full operating head and the water flow at end discharge point, and observed until all air and residual debris has been expelled from the line.

2. Initial System Test:

a. Individual parts of the main network between isolation valve points having a length

not greater than 500 meters shall be tested together with dead legs before backfilling operation.

b. Test shall be made only after completion of the above operations and not until at

least seven days after the last concrete thrust anchor block has been cast. c. Contractor shall supply all testing material and equipment, including all caps,

valves, pumps, tanks and gauges as required. d. Pressure gauges shall be dual reading in bar and psi units. Calibration shall be

such that accurate determination of potential pressure loss can be ascertained. e. The section of the main pipeline to be tested shall be filled with potable water and

all air expelled. After the main pipeline has been completely filled, the pressure shall be steadily and gradually increased until the specified test pressure has been reached. Simultaneous pressure and leakage tests and separate pressure test shall be made at 150 % of working pressure at the point of test, but not less than 125% of normal working pressure at highest elevation. Separate elevation test shall be made at 150 % of normal working pressure of the segment tested. Duration of simultaneous pressure and leakage tests shall be 2 hours and duration of separate pressure tests shall be 1 hour. All testing shall comply with AWWA M23-80, Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Design and Installation. A graph shall be produced showing water input against time and the test shall run until the graph curve flattens out. Testing shall comply with AWWA specifications and requirements.

f. Separate tests shall be applied to the lateral distribution pipe work and the

irrigation pipe work from the remote control valves outwards. Test pressures for these shall be as described above.

g. When testing the irrigation lines from the valves, discharge devices shall be

replaced with temporary plugs or caps. h. All trenches with pipe installed shall be immediately backfilled with preliminary sand

backfill sufficient to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. All joints, fittings and connections are to remain exposed until successful completion of hydrostatic testing.

i. Other than for preliminary sand backfill over pipes, no work shall be covered before

it has been inspected, tested and approved by the Engineer.

SECTION 02810

17 of 18

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

89 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

j. During the tests, all exposed couplings, fittings and valves shall be carefully examined for defects and leakage. Leaking pipes, couplings, joints, fittings and equipment shall be repaired or replaced and the section retested as previously specified.

k. Upon receipt of approval of the Engineer to proceed, the remaining backfill shall be

placed and compacted to ninety percent (90%) of maximum dry density. 3. Final System Test:

The tests as specified above shall be repeated for the entire network after pipelines have been backfilled, cleaned and inspected. Each test shall be restricted to pipes of one class and particular care shall be taken to isolate air valves, etc. and not to apply higher pressures than specified at any point on the pipeline and to ensure that the pipelines are adequately anchored before any test is carried out.

4. Test Results:

Written records of every test clearly identifying the tested section of the pipe together with time of test and name of testing engineer in tabulated format shall be submitted for review and approval by the Engineer upon completion of the tests.

3.06 FLUSHING

A. General: On completion of the system test, the system is to be thoroughly flushed, the velocity of water being at least 1 m/s. Should the main water supply be unavailable or inadequate for this purpose at the time of flushing, then a swab of adequate size shall be used to remove all foreign matter from the pipeline. This process shall continue until the pipeline is completely clean. Each control valve shall be opened separately and the terminal systems also thoroughly flushed. After completion of flushing, the emitters and other discharge devices shall be fitted.

B. Operation Test: After the hydrostatic test, sprinklers, dripper lines and emitters

shall be installed and the system completed and tested to demonstrate functional efficiency. This shall be prior to covering the laterals with mulch.

C. The lines shall be operated for a period of 24 hours, not necessarily in one

continuous period, and all sprinklers, emitters and dripper lines checked for satisfactory operation. Any faulty/blocked emitters shall be replaced.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

90 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 02900 - TERMITE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

Work Included:

1. A chemical treatment for protection against termite infestation is to be placed on the soil underneath all sidewalks or paved areas which are within 3 meters of the main buildings.


A. Reference Standards: Comply with Standards specified in this Section.

B. Local Qualified Subcontractors: The following subcontractors are known to have the technical capability of performing the chemical treatment specified in this section. 1. S.A.M.E.S.

(Ciba-Giegy) P.O. BOX 1599 Dammam - 31441 Saudi Arabia Tel. 857-8068 or 857-8203

2. M.A.S.A. P.O. BOX 5530 Dammam - 31432 Saudi Arabia Tel. 827-0314 or 826-3426

3. A.T.S. P.O. BOX 1081 AL-Khobar Saudi Arabia Tel. 864-5985 or 898-6784

C. Field Quality Control:

1. Chemical treatment may only be mixed and applied by workers that have

previous experience in this application.

2. Prior to the first application of chemical treatment, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative and a representative of the SAUDI ARAMCO Pest Control Unit the procedures which will be followed in mixing and applying the chemical treatment.

SECTION 02900 1of 4

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

91 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval technical qualifications of any subcontractor proposed for performing the chemical treatment application.

B. Submit technical data on pesticide chemicals proposed for use. Complete

information must be submitted which describes the chemical components, the proportions to be used in mixing or diluting, decontamination agents, and antidotes incase of accidental poisoning.

C. Submit an application and safety plan which includes the following information:

1. A list of protective equipment to be used in the mixing and application process.

2. A procedure to be followed for safely mixing the chemicals at the jobsite.

3. A procedure for the application of the chemicals which minimizes the

exposure of other workers to the chemical treatment.

4. A procedure to the followed if a worker accidentally comes in contact with concentrated chemicals.

D. Submit written warranty of the applied chemical treatment to pressure its

effectiveness for a minimum of 10 years.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Protection and Storage

1. Handle chemicals in such a manner as to avoid contamination of the site. 2. Store and protect chemicals for termite treatment as follows:

a. Construct on the site, a shaded, lockable temporary holding area for

storage of the chemicals and any equipment to be used in their mixing and application. Design and locate an approved by SAUDI ARAMCO Representative. Remove this facility when work is completed.

b. Place warning signs on the chemical storage area warning workers that

poisonous materials are stored within. c. Do not store any materials within this storage area which are not directly

used in the chemical treatment process. d. The foreman for the chemical treatment subcontractor and the

Contractor's safety officer shall be the only individuals authorized to have access to the chemical storage area.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

92 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Labeling All chemicals used shall be identified with individual labels securely attached to

each container. C. Shipment and Delivery

1. All chemical concentrates shall be delivered to the jobsite in sealed drums or sealed cans.

2. Chemicals that have been jobsite mixed at other sites not witnessed by

the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative may not be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

Dursban 4TC: 1. Concentrate shall be diluted with sweet water to reach a final

concentration of 1% Dursban 4TC. 2. No other product shall be approved for termite treatment without the

written concurrence of the SAUDI ARAMCO Entomologist. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION

A. Mixing/application/etc. of the chemicals treatment shall comply with manufacturer's requirements.

B. Contractor shall have all required safety equipment necessary for chemical

treatment on the site prior to mixing of chemical treatment. C. Areas ready to receive treatment shall be graded and have all soil compaction

testing (if required) completed prior to mixing of chemical treatment.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Diluted Dursban 4TC shall be applied to ground with an approved spraying device at a coverage rate of 4 gallons/10 linear feet per foot of depth with 6 inch wide trench (such as retaining walls), 2 gallons/10 liner feet for treatment inside hollow block foundation of voids in masonry.

B. Application of chemical treatment shall be done with the shortest possible interval

between soil treatment and concrete slab pouring, in order to preserve the quality of the treatment against deterioration from ultraviolet rays, heat, etc.

SECTION 02900 3of 4

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

93 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

C. Anyone who handles Dursban 4TC concentrate, i.e. who is responsible for diluting the product, must during the dilution process, wear a respirator (for organic vapor, mist, dust and fumes), rubber gloves, fully protective clothing including long sleeved shirt, and safety shoes.

D. Anyone who applies the diluted product to the soil must wear fully protective

clothing including a hat, a dust/mist mask or a respirator, rubber gloves, etc. Do not allow the chemical product to drift onto anybody.

E. Workers not involved in the application process shall be restricted from the area

where application is taking place.

3.03 CLEAN-UP

A. Avoid spillage, especially of concentrates, and do not contaminate wells and water sources, etc.

B. Contractor shall decontaminate any spillage of concentrates with a "Clorox"-type

product or other material as recommended by the manufacturer. Contractor shall also use absorbent material which can be used to remove the spillage to a dumpsite.

3.04 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMPLETED WORK

A. Vapor barrier is to be placed over the treated soil immediately following

treatment:

B. There is to be a minimum of disturbance of the soil after treatment, since undue disturbance could compromise the integrity of the chemical barrier.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

94 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Work Included: Perform all Work required to complete the cast-in-place concrete work, including formwork and reinforcing, as indicated on the Drawings, and furnish all supplementary items necessary for its proper installation. All concrete Work shall be in accordance with SAES-Q-001.


A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including, but not limited to, those listed below:

1. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES) and SAUDI ARAMCO

Materials System Specifications (SAMSS). 09-SAMSS-088 Aggregates for Concrete. 09-SAMSS-097 Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete. SAES-H-101Approved Protective Coating System SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code. SAES-Q-001 Criteria for Design and Construction of Concrete

Structures. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C-31 Method of Making & Curing Concrete Test

Specimens in the Field. ASTM C-39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical

Concrete Specimens. ASTM D-1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving

and Structural Construction. ASTM C-143 Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. 3. American Concrete Institute ACI-318M-02 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

95 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Testing 1. All testing, including requests, sampling, reports, etc. are the responsibility

of the CONTRACTOR, or a SAUDI ARAMCO approved laboratory employed by the CONTRACTOR. SAUDI ARAMCO reserves the right to verify the tests with a SAUDI ARAMCO testing laboratory or independent agency.

2. Failure to detect defective work or materials during testing will not prevent

rejection later when such defects are discovered. 3. Compressive Strength Tests: Jobsite sampling and testing of the concrete

shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The frequency of testing for compressive strength shall be a minimum of one (1) set of cylinders per 40 m3 (50 yd3) per job per day or fraction thereof for each class of concrete delivered. Each set of cylinders shall consist of four 152 mm x 305 mm (6 in x 12 in) cylinders made and tested in conformance with ASTM Standard C-31 and C-39. Cylinders shall be tested at 3 days (1 cylinder), 7 days (1 cylinder), and 28 days (2 cylinders) of age. The 28 day individual strength results shall be averaged and the resulting value shall be referred to as the 28-day strength.

At the option of the Company Representative frequency of testing may be

reduced for small or isolated concrete batches for concrete not subject to flexural stresses.

To verify compliance with all quality requirements of this specification the

right to obtain samples as deemed necessary by SAUDI ARAMCO shall always be retained by SAUDI ARAMCO.

4. Slump Tests: The allowable slump, tested per ASTM C-143 at the point of

delivery, shall be 100 mm (4") maximum. When concrete pumps are used the slump shall be determined at the discharge point of the concrete placement hose.

C. Mix Design 1. Concrete Mix Design: CONTRACTOR's Testing Laboratory shall determine

exact proportions to be used. Concrete shall attain a minimum compressive strength of 27.5 MPa (4000 psi) at 28 days. Maximum water/cement ratio shall be 0.40. Minimum cement content shall be 370 kg/cubic meter. In some instances, maximum water-cement ratios and minimum cement factors may not be compatible due to aggregate characteristics, weather conditions, etc. Under these conditions, a water reducing admixture may be introduced into the mix. In hot weather, a retarding admixture may be added to mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

96 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Source of Ready-Mix Concrete: Concrete shall be supplied by the

CONTRACTOR from a SAUDI ARAMCO approved plant. Such plants shall conform to the provisions of 09-SAMSS-97 for materials, proportioning, production and delivery of concrete.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit: 1. Two copies of the Concrete Mix Design for concrete proposed for the

Work. Provide mix design four weeks prior to placing concrete.

2. Sufficient data to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements.

3. Complete description of proposed curing methods. 4. Mill certificates for reinforcing steel with cross-referencing to material

delivered to site.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit complete Shop Drawings, including but not necessarily limited to:

1. Reinforcing steel cutting, bending and placement schedule. 2. Location of all openings, depressions, trenches, sleeves, inserts and other

items affecting the reinforcement and placing of the concrete. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver reinforcement to jobsite bundled tagged and marked with mill

identification for cross referencing the mill certificates. B. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before,

during and after installation and to protect the Work and materials of all other trades. Store reinforcing steel on wooden timbers a minimum of 150 mm above the ground.

C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and

replacements necessary to the approval of the Company Representative and at no additional cost to SAUDI ARAMCO.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AGGREGATES

All aggregates shall conform to 09-SAMSS-088. Maximum aggregate size shall be 19 mm (3/4").


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

97 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2.02 CEMENT (PORTLAND CEMENT) Cement used in concrete shall conform to SAES-Q-001, Section 5.1. Type I cement shall

be used for all concrete above and below ground. 2.03 ADMIXTURES

Admixtures shall conform to 09-SAMSS-097, paragraph 4.1.4. 2.04 WATER

Mixing water shall conform to 09-SAMSS-097, paragraph 4.1.3.1. 2.05 CURING MATERIALS A. Burlap Cloth for moist curing shall be made from jute or kenaf and weigh

approximately 305 grams per sq m (9 oz per sq. yd). A minimum of two layers shall be provided.

B. Water: Shall be sweet water, or acceptable raw water with less than 1000 PPM

total dissolved solids, as per SAES-Q-001 , Section 11.2. 2.06 REINFORCING STEEL Reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric shall be in accordance with Chapter 6 of

SAES-Q-001. 2.07 OTHER MATERIALS

A. Preformed Expansion Joint filler materials shall be bituminous fiber type conforming to ASTM D 1751.

B. Joint sealing compound shall be Hilti/Gurisil No. 406, two component polysulfide

sealant, or approved equal. Primer shall be Gurisil 435.5. C. Vapor Barriers shall be polyethylene sheets having a thickness of 0.15 mm

minimum. D. All embedded steel items shall be coated with APCS-1C in accordance with SAES-

H-101.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

98 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION

Examine the areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT A. General 1. Comply with SAES-Q-001, Chapter 6, for details and methods of

reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. 2. Clean reinforcement to remove dust, grease and other materials which

reduce or destroy bond with concrete. 3. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by

construction or concrete placement operations. Set wires ties so that twisted ends are directed away from the exposed concrete surfaces.

4. Place reinforcement to obtain the coverages for concrete protection as set

forth in SAES-Q-001, Section 6.13. 5. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining

pieces at least one full mesh, plus 50 mm. B. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in

contact, and wiring tightly. Lap all reinforcing forty (40) diameters unless shown otherwise. Splices shall comply with ACI 318-M02, Chapter 12, but in no case shall be less than 300 mm.

3.03 FORMS

A. Forms shall be of ample strength and adequately braced to withstand loads applied during the concrete placement operation.

B. Set forms accurately to the required grade and alignment.

C. All formwork shall be in accordance with SAES-Q-001, Chapter 9. D. Provide 45 degree chamfers (25mm x 25mm) at all exposed corners.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

99 OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. General: Place concrete in accordance with SAES-Q-001, Chapter 8, and as herein specified.

B. Procedures

1. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section.

2. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints in

accordance with ACI 318M-02, Section 6.4.

3. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in its final location from a height of not more than 1 meter (3 feet), to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing.

4. Do not adjust concrete with any procedure which will cause segregation.

5. Screed concrete which is to receive other construction to the proper level to

avoid excessive skimming and grouting. 6. Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does

not meet the required quality control limits, or which has been contaminated by foreign materials.

7. Remove rejected concrete from the site and dispose of it in a location

approved by the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative for that purpose. 8. Prior to placing new concrete on, or adjoining, old concrete clean and

roughen the existing surface and coat with Nito bond SBR, or approved equal.

C. Placing Concrete Slabs

1. Preparation of Subgrade:

a. Maintain subgrade in a smooth, compacted condition at the required

section and grade until the concrete pavement is ready to be placed.

b. Prepare only sufficient amount of subgrade in advance of the placing of concrete to enable the Work to proceed smoothly and effectively. Avoid placing equipment or hauling equipment over completed subgrade until placement of concrete has been completed.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

100OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed.

3. Concrete shall be consolidated thoroughly by use of mechanical vibrators in

accordance with SAES-Q-001, Chapter 8. 4. Limit the time of vibrating consolidation to prevent bringing an excess of fine

aggregate to the surface. 5. Screed slab surface to the correct level with a straight edge and strike off

excess concrete. 3.05 FINISHING

Finishing of concrete shall be in accordance with SAES-Q-001, Chapter 10. 3.06 CURING

A. Curing and protection of concrete shall be in accordance with SAES-Q-001, Chapter 11.

3.07 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls,

columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.

B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, joints, slabs and

other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and until concrete has attained specified minimum 28 days compressive strength. Determine compressive strength of in place concrete by testing field-cured specimens representative of concrete location and curing environment.

C. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement, only if shores and

other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

101OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 03320 - CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Work Included: Perform all WORK required to complete the concrete floor topping as shown on the drawings.


A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including, but not limited to, those listed below:

1. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES) and SAUDI ARAMCO

Materials System Specifications (SAMSS). SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code. SAES-Q-001 Criteria for Design and Construction of Concrete

Structures. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C 150 Portland Cement B. Testing: Testing shall be in accordance with Section 03300, Cast-in-Place

Concrete. C. Mix Design: Mix design shall be in accordance with Section 03300, Cast-in-Place

Concrete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Conform to the provisions of Section 03300, Part 2, and the following: A. Aggregates: Coarse aggregate shall have a maximum size of 10 mm (3/8 inch). B. Portland Cement shall conform to SAES-Q-001, Section 5.1, Type I. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Conform to provisions of SECTION 03300, Part 3.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

102OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove dirt, loose material, oil, grease, paint or other contaminants, leaving a

clean surface. B. When base slab surface is unacceptable for good bonding, roughen surface by

chipping or scarifying before cleaning. C. Prior to placing topping mixture, dampen slab surface but do not leave standing

water. Over dampened surface, and immediately before placing topping, broom-on a coat of thin neat cement grout. Apply neat cement grout only to areas which will receive topping before grout sets or dries.

In lieu of neat cement grout, manufactured bonding agent, such Nito Bond, or

equal, integrally colored to show extent of application, may be used. Apply by brush or spray, and at recommended rates, in accordance with manufacturer’s directions.

3.03 TOPPING PLACEMENT A. For reinforced toppings, provide necessary chairs or supports, and maintain

position of reinforcing mesh as shown on drawings. B. Joints: Mark locations of joints in base slab so that joints in top course will be

placed directly over them. C. Float Finish: Spread topping mixture evenly over prepared base to the required

elevation and strikeoff. Use straightedge, bull float or darby to level surface. After the topping has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation, and water sheen has disappeared, then float surface at least twice to a uniform sandy texture.

Check and level surface plane to tolerance not exceeding 6 mm (1/4-inch) in 3.0

meter (10 ft.) Cut down high areas and fill low areas. Uniformly slope surface to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth finish.

D. Trowel Finish: After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using power driven

trowels. Continue troweling until surface is ready to receive final troweling. Begin final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Continue final trowel operation to produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance.

3.04 CURING Cure and protect topping in accordance with provisions of SAES-Q-001, Chapter 11.

END OF SECTION SECTION 03320 2 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

103OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05


SECTION 03410 - PRECAST CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Precast concrete work includes, but is not limited to, the following: A. Load and non-load bearing uninsulated wall panels. B. Long span pre-stressed double tee roof panels. C. Long Span Pre stressed Hollow Core Slab D. Scuppers E. Splash blocks F. All other precast concrete as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,

but not limited to, those listed below: 1. Precast Concrete Institute: MNL 117 Manual for Quality Control 2. American Concrete Institute: ACI 318M-02 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 533.3 R Fabrication Handling and Erection of Precast

Concrete Wall Panels 3. American Institute of Steel Construction Code of Standard Practice for Steel Building and Bridges. 4. American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM A 416 Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven Wire for Prestressed

Concrete


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

104OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

ASTM A 525 General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A 615M Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete

Reinforcement ASTM C 150 Portland Cement 5. American Welding Society AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code 6. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES) and SAUDI ARAMCO

Materials System Specifications (SAMSS) SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code SAES-Q-001 Criteria for Design and Construction of Concrete

Structures 09-SAMSS-088 Aggregates for Concrete 09-SAMSS-097 Ready Mixed Portland Cement Concrete

B. Qualification of Welders: All welders shall be certified as per AWS-D1.1. C. Tests: The Company Representative shall have access to the material and work at

all times. The precast manufacturer shall provide all tools and labor incurred in connection with sampling, testing and inspection. The expense of all inspections and tests will be paid for by the CONTRACTOR.

D. Fabricator Qualifications: Only a firm which has had a minimum of 3 years

successful experience in fabrication of architectural precast concrete units, similar to the units required for this project, will be acceptable. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce the required units without causing delay in the work. Fabricator must be approved by SAUDI ARAMCO and be licensed to perform this type of work.

E. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate units complying with dimensional tolerances

specified in PCI MNL 117, unless otherwise indicate.

F. Design

1. Precast concrete manufacturer shall accomplish structural design of all members and their connections to withstand all live loads in accordance with SAES-M-100 in addition to the dead load of panels. Conform to ACI 318, and PCI Design handbook. A professional engineer duly registered shall design the members or directly supervise the design and affix his signature to the design calculations.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

105OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Design bearing and connections to account for tolerances allowed in the

construction and erection of members, stresses due to shrinkage, creep, thermal expansion and contraction, deflection and rotation of members being connected. CONTRACTOR shall design all connection details to suit different conditions and submit along with shop drawings for SAUDI ARAMCO’s approval.

3. Design modifications may be made only as necessary to meet field

conditions and to ensure proper fitting of work and only as acceptable to Company Representative. Maintain general design concept shown without increasing or decreasing sizes of members or altering profiles and alignment shown unless approved by Company Representative.

4. Each precast concrete unit shall be identifiable by markings which may be

observed prior to, during and after placement for traceability purposes. The markings shall include cast date.

1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings showing complete information for the fabrication and

installation of all precast concrete units. Do not proceed with manufacture prior to approval of shop drawings. Do not use design drawings for shop or erection purposes. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section; location, size and type of reinforcement, and all lifting devices necessary for handling and erection.

2. Indicate on shop drawings complete details of design, manufacture and

erection, including location of all openings, inserts for suspending all mechanical, electrical and architectural components and other accessories to be cast into members. Show all connections, bearing and anchorage details and lift points. Detail and note on the shop drawings loads used in the design of the members.

B. Design Calculations: Submit design calculations by precast concrete manufacturer

to Company Representative in a neat, compact and orderly form. Reference all equations used or assumptions made to identify source of information by page and paragraph number and supply copy of same. Calculations shall include, but are not necessarily limited, to the following:

1. Stress in members due to bending, shear, compression and torsion caused

by vertical and lateral loads and handling.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

106OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Deflection. 3. Stresses at notches, openings or recesses where these are significant.

Where these are not deemed significant so state in design calculations. C. Samples: Architectural Precast Concrete 1. Prepare three sets of samples approximately 1200 x 1200 x 100 mm (48” x

48” x 4”) to illustrate the quality, color and texture of the surface finish. 2. SAUDI ARAMCO’s review of samples will be for color, texture and general

condition only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of CONTRACTOR.

3. At start of production a full size approved panel shall be kept at the pre-cast

plant for use as a standard of quality. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such time as

will ensure continuity of installation. Provide adequate protection from damage due to contact with anything which would result in accumulation of dirt, dust, mud, grease or other staining or disfiguring elements.

B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction before

the start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, and instructions as required for installation.

C. All precast units shall be furnished with suitable threaded inserts or with recessed

hooks for hoisting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, for building panels, boundary wall panels

or other members exposed to the earth. White for all exposed exterior and interior wall panels, all cement of same brand and manufacture. Gray cement may be used for non-exposed surfaces, however, where gray and white cements are used in the same panel a minimum thickness of 40 mm of white concrete shall be maintained.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

107OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Coarse Aggregate: Conform to 09-SAMSS-088. Quality gradation and color of

aggregate must be consistent and match aggregate used in approved sample. Only durable aggregates with proven service records or satisfactory laboratory tests are to be used for exposed aggregate work. Aggregates for exposed surfaces shall be Khurais gravel or as approved by SAUDI ARAMCO. Maximum aggregate size shall be 19 mm (3/4”). Single source shall be purchased in a quantity to complete the entire project. Changing quarry after the start of the project shall not be allowed.

C. Fine Aggregate: Sand conforming to 09-SAMSS-088. D. Water: shall comply with 09-SAMSS-097. E. Reinforcement and Anchoring Materials 1. Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A615 Grade

50. Comply with Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Anchors, Angles and Accessories: Sizes and types as required to meet

design conditions. Galvanize anchors, angles and accessories in accordance with ASTM A525, G60 coating designation. Conform to Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.

3. Prestressing tendons: 7 wire uncoated stress relieved strand, complying

with ASTM A416, Grade 250 or 270. F. Bearing Pads: Provide bearing pads for precast concrete units as required per

precast concrete calculations. G. Concrete Mix Design and Testing 1. Concrete mix design and testing shall conform to Section 03300, Cast-in-

Place Concrete unless otherwise herein specified. 2. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 35 Mpa (5000 psi) minimum.

Absorption shall not exceed 5%. Maximum water/cement ratio shall be 0.40.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

108OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Forms: 1. Construct forms to comply with recommendations of American Concrete

Institute “Form work for Architectural Concrete”. Form ties will not be allowed in exposed faces of precast concrete units.

2. Construct forms of steel. All butt joints shall be welded full and ground flush

with skin plate. 3. Built-in Anchorage: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and

secure to form work. Locate anchorages where they do not affect the position of main reinforcement or the placing of concrete.

B. Placing Reinforcement 1. Comply with Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement

by form work, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing as required. Reinforcing chairs and ties will not be allowed in exposed faces of precast units.

C. Concrete Placement

1. Pre-Placement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect the form work installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in.

2. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers

and in a manner to avoid construction joints within precast elements. D. Erection 1. Erect members in accordance with ACI 533.3R, “Fabrication, Handling and

Erection of Precast Concrete Wall Panels”, except as modified by the shop drawings. Adequately brace members until all permanent connections are made. All welding shall conform to AWS D1.1. Compensate for tolerances in steel work which are permitted by AISC “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges”.

2. Grouting connections, joints, and anchorage recesses: After precast units

have been placed, positioned, and secured, fill solidly open spaces at connections, joints and anchorages as indicated on the manufacturers’ erection drawings.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

109OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3. Use grout of the proper type and consistency to provide required bearing or

closure of the connection or joint. The space to be grouted shall be filled with grout by tamping, ramming, pumping or tooling until the voids are completely filled and the transmission of the load, through the grout, is ensured. Protect units from being stained by grouting operations. Finish exposed surfaces to contours shown on the drawings.

E. Repair of Precast Units: The Company Representative shall decide if any

damaged precast unit is to be repaired. The CONTRACTOR shall develop a repair procedure to produce the same texture and equal strength to the parent concrete. Trial patches and general procedures shall be submitted for approval by the Company Representative.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

110OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 4 - MASONRY

SECTION 04200 - REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Perform all WORK required to complete the reinforced unit

masonry work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Reinforced unit masonry includes all concrete masonry reinforcing and

accessories. Accessories include bolts, ties, anchors, nailing strips and other items as required for reinforcing masonry walls and for finish surface attachments.

C. All reinforced unit masonry work shall conform to Chapter 24, SAES-M-100. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,


Material System Specification (SAMSS): SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code SAES-Q-001 Criteria for Design and Construction of Concrete

Structures 09-SAMSS-016 Concrete Masonry Units and Concrete Building

Bricks 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM A-153 Zinc Coating (Hot-dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A-366 Steel Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality ASTM A-641 Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire ASTM A-82 Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C-270 Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C-476 Grout for Masonry


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

111OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Testing 1. All testing, including requests, sampling, reports, etc. are the responsibility

of the CONTRACTOR, or a SAUDI ARAMCO approved laboratory employed by the CONTRACTOR. SAUDI ARAMCO reserves the right to verify the tests with a SAUDI ARAMCO testing laboratory or independent agency.

2. Failure to detect defective work or materials during testing will not prevent

rejection later when such defects are discovered. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. At least two weeks prior to start of masonry construction submit two copies of

proposed mix designs for mortar and grout. B. Submit samples of each type of masonry unit proposed for the WORK with

accompanying material certificates indicating compliance with the referenced standards.

C. Submit two copies of material description and properties for horizontal joint

reinforcing, masonry ties, anchors and other accessories. D. Submit two copies of all test reports for compressive strength of masonry units,

grout and mortar. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be stored in a manner to assure that at the time of use the materials

are clean and structurally suitable for the intended use. B. Masonry units shall be handled carefully to prevent chipping of corners. C. All metal reinforcement shall be free from loose rust and other coatings that would

inhibit the bond. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete Masonry Units: Shall conform to 09-SAMSS-016 Grade N, Type II. All

units shall be two-cell, hollow concrete masonry units with dimensions of 194 mm (7 5/8 in.) wide x 194 mm high x 397 mm (15 5/8 in.) long, unless shown otherwise.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

112OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Anchors and Ties: 1. Fabricate dovetail anchors, steel frame anchors and other accessories with

steel conforming to ASTM A-366. 2. After fabrication, galvanize anchors and ties in accordance with ASTM

A153, Class B-1, B-2 or B-3. C. Wall Reinforcing: 1. Standard ladder-type (9 gauge side rods and cross rods), pre-fabricated

reinforcement, for embedment in the horizontal mortar joints of masonry; fabricated of steel conforming to ASTM A82 with a width of 50 mm less than the wall widths. Galvanize wall reinforcing in accordance with ASTM 641, Class 3. Furnish prefabricated corners and tee units.

2. Bar reinforcement: Shall conform to SAES-Q-001, Chapter 6. D. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C-270, Type S and shall attain a compressive

strength of 12.5 MPa (1800 psi) at 28 days. E. Grout shall conform to ASTM C-476 and shall attain a compressive strength of 14

MPa (2000 psi) at 28 days. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATORY WORK A. Coordination: Consult other trades and make provisions to permit installation of

their work to avoid cutting and patching. Verify dimensions of all rough openings for doors, windows and louvers with manufacturer’s shop drawings.

B. Protection: Protect masonry surfaces with draped plastic sheets where concrete

slabs are screeded over walls or where walls are subject to plaster splatter. 3.02 LAYING CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Lay units plumb and true to line, with level, horizontal joints. If necessary

to “stop-off” a horizontal run of masonry, rack back half block length in each course. Toothing not permitted. When work is resumed, remove loose units and clean contact surfaces of all mortar and debris. Do not wet units prior to setting. However, in dry weather brush a small amount of water on contact surfaces to obtain good bond. Exercise care in laying up units so that anchors, reinforcement, and other materials specified elsewhere will be built in as the work progresses. Reinforce and anchor masonry in accordance with the requirement of SAES-M-100.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

113OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1. Cutting and Filling: Where conduit, outlet and switch boxes, or other

openings occur, cut masonry units neatly. Cut units with power driven masonry saws only.

2. Lintels: Install lintels over openings to provide a minimum bearing of

200mm (eight inches) on each end. Match jointing of lintels with that of adjacent masonry.

B. Bond: Lay units in a running bond. Bond each course of all units at corners in a

masonry bond. C. Joint Work: Lay units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face

shells. Bed webs in first course of all walls. Make joints uniform, approximately 10mm (3/8 in.) thick. When finished work will be exposed to view, cut joints flush and tool when “thumb-print” hard to form a slightly concave joint.

D. Bond Beams: In the joint at bottom of all bond beams lay strips of galvanized

metal lath (width equal to 50mm less than CMU width). Interrupt these strips at cells where vertical reinforcing occurs. Fill all cells of bond beams with grout.

E. Horizontal Wall Reinforcing: Install horizontal wall reinforcing in horizontal joints at

400mm (16 in) o.c., measured vertically (alternate courses). Overlap splices 300 mm (12 in.). Provide continuous reinforcement, except terminate reinforcing on each side of control joints. Embed reinforcement in mortar joint in such a manner that all parts will be protected by mortar.

F. Vertical Wall Reinforcing: Install vertical reinforcing in grouted cells. Lap all

reinforcing 40 diameters unless otherwise noted. Minimum vertical reinforcing shall be 12mm diameter bars at 800mm on center.

G. Grouting: Do not grout until masonry has cured at least 24 hours. Consolidate all

grout at time of pouring by puddling with a mechanical vibrator, filling all cells of the masonry.

H. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep

holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints at corners, openings, and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance and properly prepare joints wherever they are to receive caulking or sealant compounds.

I. Cleaning: Clean exposed masonry of all stains and loose mortar by frequently

brushing surface with mason’s brush. Do not wet concrete masonry units until mortar has thoroughly set.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

114OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 5 - METALS

SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Perform all work required to complete the structural steel work as

indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,


Material System Specifications (SAMSS): SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code . SAES-M-001 Basic Criteria for Miscellaneous Steel Structures SAES-Q-010 Cement Based non-Shrink Grout for Structural Steel

and Equipment Grouting 09-SAMSS-071 Inorganic Zinc Primer 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM A-6 General Requirements for Rolled Steel Bars, Plates,

Shapes and Sheet Piling. ASTM A-36 Carbon Structural Steel ASTM A-53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,

Welded and Seamless ASTM A-307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile ASTM A-325 High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints ASTM A-500 Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon

Structural Steel Tubing in Rounds and Shapes


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

115OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3. American Welding Society: AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code 4. American Institute of Steel Construction: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A-325 or A-490 Bolts. B. Welding shall be performed in compliance with AWS D1.1 and using approved

welding procedures. All welders must be pre-certified by SAUDI ARAMCO. Assure that gas hydrogen electrode control is carefully followed. A separate oven (with temperature gage) and quivers shall be supplied before start of the welding.

C. Inspection and Testing: 1. All inspection and testing shall conform to the “Code of Standard Practice

for Steel Buildings and Bridges” published by the American Institute of Steel Construction.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the quality control of all

materials, installations, and workmanship, including those items or installations supplied by any of the CONTRACTOR’s subcontractors or vendors.

3. SAUDI ARAMCO has the right to inspect all materials and workmanship,

and shall have unrestricted entry to the shop of the fabricator at all times while work is being performed. SAUDI ARAMCO may reject improper, inferior, defective, or unsuitable materials and workmanship. All materials and workmanship rejected shall be repaired or replaced by the fabricator as directed by SAUDI ARAMCO.

4. Inspection of welding shall be performed in accordance with the Structural

Welding Code, AWS D1.1. 5. Inspection of high-strength bolted connections shall be in accordance with

AISC “Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A-325 or A-490 Bolts”.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

116OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s Data: 1. Submit producer’s or manufacturer’s specifications and installation

instructions for the following products. Include laboratory test reports and other data as required to show compliance with specified requirements.

a. Structural steel (each type), including certified copies of mill reports

covering chemical and physical properties. b. Bolts and nuts. c. Structural steel primer. d. Non-shrink grout. B. Submit shop drawings including complete details and schedules for fabrication and

shop assembly of members and erection at site. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by AWS symbols, and show size, length, and type of weld. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail number of the Drawings.

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all material to the worksite properly marked to identify the

structure for which it is intended. Marking shall correspond to the marking indicated on shop drawings.

B. Storage: Store all members in a manner for easy access identification and

inspection. Locate steel member off the ground using pallets, platforms or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration.

C. Handling: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacement

necessary to the approval of the Company Representative at no additional cost. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: Conform to ASTM A-6 and ASTM A-36. B. Tubes: Shall conform to ASTM A-500.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

117OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

C. Pipe: Shall conform to ASTM A53, Grade B. D. Anchor Bolts: Comply with ASTM A 307, headed type with heavy hexagonal nuts

unless otherwise indicated. E. Threaded Fasteners: Comply with ASTM A 307, Grade A, Low Carbon Steel Bolts

and Nuts for all connections, unless otherwise indicated, with the exception that all structures supporting cranes, hoists, or operating machinery shall be connected with High Strength Bolts conforming to ASTM A-325, Type 1.

F. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code (E-70XX electrodes). G. Non-Shrink Grout: Use Class I grout as per SAES-Q-010. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: 1. Fabricate items in accordance with SAES-M-100, Chapter 27 and as

indicated on the approved shop drawings. 2. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly and for

identification as to structure and site for which intended. 3. Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including welding of

units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in the final structure free of markings, burrs and other defects.

B. Bolted Connections: Install threaded fasteners in accordance with AISC

specification. C. Welded Connections: 1. Welded construction: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance

and quality of welds and methods used in correcting welded work. 2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods which will produce true

alignment of axes without warp. Refer to AWS D1.1, Chapter 3 requirements.

D. Holes for other Work: 1. Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing,

and for the passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on the final shop drawings.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

118OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame cut

holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. E. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as required and

indicated on the approved drawings to receive other work. 2.03 SHOP PAINTING

A. General

1. Shop paint all new structural steelwork in accordance with SAES-H-101 and Painting Specification, Section 09900, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or mortar. Paint embedded steel items in accordance with APCS-1C as per SAES-Q-001, Chapter 7.

2. Do not paint surfaces which are to be welded or high-strength bolted with

friction-type connections.

B. Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean steel work to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and splatter, slag, and flux deposits. Sandblast as required to conform to primer manufacturer’s specifications for surface preparation.

C. Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer paint

conforming to 09-SAMSS-071, and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness of 1.6 mil. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and all exposed surfaces. Refer to SAES-H-101 and Painting Specification, Section 09900.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SHOP FABRICATION

A. General: Comply with SAES-M-100, Chapter 22, and as herein specified. B. Anchor Bolts 1. Furnish anchor bolts and other connections required for securing structural

steel to foundations and other in-place work. 2. Furnish templates and other devices necessary for presetting bolts and

other anchors to accurate locations.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

119OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

C. Column bearing plates shall be shop welded to columns and attached to concrete

foundations by anchor bolts. D. Splicing: Splice members only where indicated unless approved by the Company

Representative. Submit structural calculations signed by a structural engineer licensed where the fabricator is located for all splices not indicated. All welded splices shall be tested by non-destructive testing method (NDT).

E. Gas-Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches for correcting fabrication errors in the

structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members as acceptable to the Company Representative. Finish gas-cutting sections equal to a sheared appearance when gas-cutting is permitted.

3.02 ERECTION

A. General: Comply with SAES-M-100, Chapter 22 and as specified herein.

B. Survey: Establish permanent benchmarks necessary for the accurate erection of structural steel. Check elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor bolts and similar items, before erection proceeds.

C. Temporary Shoring and Bracing

1. Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of

sufficient strength to bear imposed loads.

2. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of the structures as erection proceeds.

3. Remove temporary connections and members when permanent members

are in place and final connections are made.

D. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms in accordance with the SAUDI ARAMCO Construction Safety Manual.

E. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces. Clean the bottom surface of

base and bearing plates. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after the supported members have been positioned

and plumbed. If wedges or shims are to be left within grouting, they shall be of stainless steel to prevent corrosion expansion and cracking of the grout. Otherwise, the shims shall be removed after the grout has hardened, and the voids left by the shim removal dry-packed with the same material as original grouting.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

120OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure

that no voids remain. F. Field Assembly

1. Set Structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations indicated. Align

and adjust the various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before fastening permanently.

2. Clean the bearing surfaces and other surfaces which will be in permanent

contact before assembly.

3. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment within specified limits.

4. Level and plumb individual members of the structure within specified AISC

tolerances.

5. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.

6. Touch-up shop primer where abraded.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

121OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 5 - METALS

SECTION 05126 – SPACE FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION:

A. Work under this section includes design, fabrication, supply and installation of metal space framing as shown on Drawings and specified herein.

B. Work shall comprise of the following:

1. Engineering design of space frame structures including the preparation of support reactions, structural calculations, shop drawings and erection drawings.

2. Fabrication, surface finishing, packaging and delivery of space frame

materials to the job site. 3. Assembly and erection of the space frame structure under the direct

supervision of the manufacturer’s qualified technical staff. 1.02 REFERENCES:

A. AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISC M011 Manual of Steel Construction AISC S302 Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges AISC S326 Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural

Steel for Buildings B. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials

ASTM A 36 Structural Steel ASTM A 53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and

Seamless ASTM A 123 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron and Steel Products ASTM A 148 Steel Castings, high Strength, for Structural purposes ASTM A 153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

122OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

ASTM A 307 Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners ASTM A 325 High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints ASTM A 490 Heat-Treated Steel Structural Bolts 150 ksi Tensile Strength ASTM A 500 Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing

in Rounds and Shapes ASTM A 501 Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing ASTM A 572 High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural

Quality ASTM A 618 Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless High Strength Low-Alloy Structural

Tubing ASTM E 94 Radiographic Testing ASTM E 146 Ultrasonic Contact Examination of Weldments ASTM E 709 Magnetic Particle Examination ASTM F 436 Hardened Steel Washers ASTM F 568 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bolts

C. AWS - American Welding Society

AWS B3.0 Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code-Steel

D. ANSI - American National Standards Institute, Inc. ANSI B18.22.1 Plain Washers

1.03 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

A. The space frame system shall be of modular, three dimensional steel constructions, made of hot rolled and/or cold formed structural steel members concentrically connected to pre-threaded hot forged spherical nodes. The system shall be thoroughly tested to internationally recognized standard and shall have been successfully used on previous projects of similar area, span, design loading and modulation. The system shall conform to all the requirements indicated on Drawings and specifications.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

123OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.04 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract. 1.05 SUBMITTALS:

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product information, specifications and installation instructions for all pace framing components and accessories.

B. Structural Calculations: Prior to fabrication of space frames, submit design

calculations prepared in accordance with current design rules. Include analysis for wind and vertical load on members, frame connections to structural supports. Show section properties computations for framing members. Submit full size drawings of the connection devices.

C. Test Report: Submit certified mill test reports covering the chemical analysis and

physical properties for each type of steel used in the work. D. Detailed Shop Drawings: Submit detailed shop drawings for fabrication, assembly and

erection of all members and connections. These shall show the marking and position of each member.

E. Submit bill of materials showing the piece mark number, the number of members

required, shape designation, detailed dimensions, unit weight of each member, total weight for each member, and total weight for each drawing.

F. Samples: Fabricator shall submit a sample full size "node". Sample submittal and the

review will be for design only. G. Manufacturer and Erector's qualifications.

1.06 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE:

A. Factory finished units shall be stored, handled, and shipped in a manner that will provide unscratched and undamaged units delivered to the site.

B. Storage, handling, and shipping procedures shall be as stringent as necessary to

provide scratch-free, abrasion-free, corrosion-free and undamaged delivered units. C. Label each crate to identify components and include detailed inventory in each crate

cross-referenced to component coding or identification system. D. Time deliveries to the site to insure uninterrupted progress of the work. E. Store materials to provide easy access for inspection and identification.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

124OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

F. Store materials off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect material against corrosion and deterioration.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Provide all space frame components by one manufacturer. B. For design of space framing members, comply with requirements of the American

Institute of Steel Construction's (AISC) "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and erection of Steel Structure for Buildings" for design requirements and allowable stresses.

C. Welded Connections: Comply with the requirements of the American Welding

Society's (AWS) "Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction" and AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code" for welding procedures. All the welders shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.

D. Erector's Qualifications: Space framing shall be erected by a firm that has not less

than 5 years successful experience in the erection of space framing similar to that required for this project, and that has been licensed by the manufacturer of the space framing. Erector (Firm) shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.

E. Inspection and Testing: Testing and inspection of structural steel, bolt connections

and welding shall be performed in accordance with applicable codes and standards, and as directed by the Engineer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers

1. Rafid Steel Industries, 2. Zamil Steel Buildings Co., Ltd., 3. Euro Space Engineering. 4. Space Deck Limited.

2.02 GENERAL:

A. All materials shall be new and in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings.

B. Provide manufacturer's standard system of components sized to provide structural

performance specified. Space framing shall be of size and shape as shown on Drawings.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

125OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

C. Cooperate with relating manufacturer to insure proper attachment of related work allowing for space frame movement.

D. Where required, all components of space framing shall be hot-dipped galvanized to

ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153 as appropriate, prior to powder coating. 2.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:

A. Design space frames for the spans shown on Drawings and conforming to following structural requirements:

1. Live load: Refer to design live loads per UBC. 2. Dead Load: Self-weight of all components. 3. Seismic Loads: UBC 1997 Edition – Zone 0. 4. Wind Load: UBC 1997 Edition (Exposure D), Basic Wind Speed

= 80 MPH. 5. Temperature Variation: 250C. 6. Imposed Loads: Ductwork and electrical conduits assumed as 5

kg/m2.

2.04 COMPONENTS OF SPACE FRAME SYSTEM:

A. General: The system shall consist of pipes and end cones, nodes, bolts, and other required accessories to complete the system. Certificate of compliance for all critical components used in the processing of the space frame shall be submitted..

B. Truss Joints

Nodes shall be manufactured in the form of solid sphere by hot forging from steel conforming to BS EN 10083, Grade C45M (Previously known as DIN 17200 C45) or4 equivalent. Nodes shall have as many number of same and/ or various size threaded holes to receive their bar (member) elements to suit the respective geometry as well as purline connections, lighting fixtures and other architectural/ building needs. The ranges of nodes are governed by the criteria or logical sequence of geometric interdependence of the connecting elements and of the residual materials necessary for transmitting the forces. All the treaded holes connecting bar elements and other structural joints shall be machined flat to suit the bearing area of the connecting elements as well as geometry.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

126OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

C. Members

Members consists of circular steel pipes of minimum size 32.8mm (1” NPS) conforming to ASTM A53 Grade A/B, BS 1387 as required & specified in the design documents. The pipes are pre galvanized in Pipe Mfg’s facility in accordance with clause 19, of ASTM A53, shall be cut to length and welded to zinc coated conical tips, which shall house the end bolts. The Space Frame members thus formed shall not have any holes punched or drilled on them so that the structure shall appear as structurally sealed hollow sections when connected to their respective nodal joints to prevent the replenishment of oxygen & moisture. The cones transmit both compressive and tensile forces as specified in the design. The welding of the cones to pipes shall conform to ANSI/AWS D1.1 utilizing semi-automatic FCAW (Self-Shielding/ gas Shielding) or SMAW Welding processes.

D. Bolts:

Round / hexagonal heads bolts having half or full hexagonal shank (body) positioned inside the conical tips are of 8.8 Grade shall be free to rotate. The hexagonal sleeves (similar appearance of a nut) shall be inserted to each bolt and a rubber lock ring is placed for the retention of bolt to the sleeve. Bolt shall conform to ASTM F568 M or equivalent and shall be Hot Dip Galvanized to ASTM A153 Class C. Bolts shall be marked with the necessary information to define their property class.

E. Nodes:

Quenched and Tempered steel BS En 10083 (Previously known as DIN 17200) C45 or equivalent. Nodes shall be drilled, tapped and machined as necessary to suit the member bolts and sleeves. Special nodes shall be produced as required.

F. Cones:

Steel to BS EN 1A/ASTM A 36, DIN ST 36 or equivalent.

G. Sleeves

Steel to BS EN 10083, Part 2, C-45/ ASTM A36 or equivalent. They are hexagon shaped inside as well as outside, similar appearance as a hexagon socket and are inserted to transmit mainly compressive force. Effective net area of the nut is compared with its bearing area and nodal connection and is designed according to the most unfavorable one of these two.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

127OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

H. Bolts/ Screws:

Specification for carbon and alloy steel externally threaded metric fasteners, ASTM F568 or equivalent. 8.8 Grade. Bolts are designed mainly for tension members. For their ultimate load carrying capacity, nominal stress area is considered. The tension in the member tube is transferred into the node by tension through the conical tip and bolt.

I. Pipes:

Pipe, steel black and hot dipped zinc coated (galvanized) ASTM A53 Grade A/ B or BS 1387 (ERW) or their equivalents as designed. When specified as “Galvanized” bought in HDG pipes shall be welded with Zn coated cones to prevent thermal cracking of the weld metal. After welding the weld & the heat affected zone (HAZ) shall be cold galvanized using Prime Zinc cold galvanizing compound or approved equal products to meet or exceed the performance requirement stated in ASTM A 780 and ASTM 239..

J. Bolts: General purpose hex head metric steel bolt spec. DIN 933 or ASTM A325M or equivalent. 4.8, 5.6, 8.8 as required.

K. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, grade C, (specification for carbon steel bolts and studs, 60,000 psi, tensile strength) or equivalent. Other higher grades like 8.8 shall be provided as required by design.

L. Nuts: General Purpose hex-metric steel nuts to DIN 934 or equivalent.

M. Galvanizing: Where required, all components of space fraing shall be hot-dipped

galvanized prior to powder coating. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123, ASTM A53, BS 729 or equivalent.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

128OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2.05 PURLINS, PURLIN STOOLS, SUPPORTS AND SLIDING SUPPORTS

A. Supports and purlin system which provide the connection of various decking roofing material, gutters and all other material apart from nodes and bars to existing space frame system shall be Hot / cold rolled to ASTM A36, ST 37-2 or equivalent.

B. Support accessories shall conform to ASTM A36 or equivalent. C. Support nodes shall be weld assembled to the design in accordance with ANSI AWS

D1.1.

2.06 FINISHING:

A. All components of space framing shall have manufacturer's standard finishes; color as selected by Engineer.

B. Components shall be cleaned, pre-treated with a rust inhibitor and polyester powder-

coated after galvanizing (where required), except for the space frame nodes and supports which shall have sprayed wet paint finish. Finish coating is built up to a minimum thickness of 80 microns. Color of finish coating shall have a color retention guarantee of 10 years. Color shall be as selected and approved by the Engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS:

A. Inspection:

1. Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that metal space frame may be fabricated and erected in strict

accordance with the design requirement, the approved shop drawings, and the referenced standards.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with fabrication or installation in areas of discrepancy until all

such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate all structural members, member connectors, fasteners, and accessories required for a complete installation of space frame building support system.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

129OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Provide perforated aluminum panels as roofing above space frame, as shown on drawings.

C. In addition to roofing panels supporting members, provide miscellaneous support and

attachment devices as shown and as required for support or attachment of other work above space frame.

D. Code each member and part for easy identification. Cross reference coding to shop and

erection drawings and to shipping lists. 3.03 ERECTION:

A. Erect space frames and accessory items in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Space frame manufacturer's authorized representative shall be present at the job site

for the entire period required for erection of space frames, unless accepted otherwise by the Engineer.

C. Pipes and nodes shall be assembled in their final positions, working from scaffolding.

1. All framing work shall be true to line, level and plumbing. 2. Bolts shall be tightened with a minimum of torque in conformance with

directions of the manufacturer.

D. Fabric covering, where shown on drawings, shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved shop drawings.

E. Provide temporary bracing and supports as required to ensure stability during erection

process. F. Completed space frames shall comply with approved erection tolerances and

requirements. G. Accessory items shall comply with erection tolerances and requirements noted in the

respective reference sections pertaining to each accessory item.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

130OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 5 - METALS

SECTION 05300 - METAL ROOF DECK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work includes all metal roof deck as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,

but not limited to, those listed below: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM A446 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized), by the Hot

Dip Process, Structural (Physical Quality). ASTM A525 General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated

(Galvanized), by the Hot-Dip Process (Metric). 2. American Welding Society (AWS): AWS D1.1 “Structural Welding Code” American Welding

Society. 3. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): AISI “Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel

Structural Members”, American Iron and Steel Institute.

4. Steel Deck Institute (SDI): SDI “Design Manual for Floor Decks and Roof Decks”. B. Design: Design deck in accordance with Steel Deck Institute’s "Design Manual for

Floor Decks and Roof Decks". Determine design properties in accordance with AISI's “Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members”.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

131OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Metal deck manufacturer shall prepare and submit one sample of metal

decking. Prepare samples that are true representatives of units that are furnished for construction purposes.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all deck supplied on the project.

Indicate size and location of framing supports and location, lengths and markings of deck units to correspond with sequence of installation. Note all accessories, shop cut openings and type and sequence of welded connections.

C. Manufacturer’s Data: Provide load tables, geometric properties, material

specifications and installation instructions. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver deck to conform to erection schedule. B. Storage: Store deck off ground and protect with a waterproof covering. Elevate

one end of deck to provide proper drainage. C. Handling: Exercise care in unloading, storing and erecting deck to prevent

bending, warping and twisting of deck units and damage to galvanized coating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Metal Deck: Shall be galvanized, Shamrany or approved equal, fabricated from

steel conforming to ASTM A446 Grade A having a minimum yield strength of 228N/mm2 (33,000 psi). Gauge thickness and other properties for the deck shall be as specified in respective drawings.

B. Metal Accessories: Closure plates and edge angles of same material and finish as

deck units. C. Unit Length: Cut units so that end joints will occur on supporting members.

Typical lengths shall span at least three spans. Deck shall be lapped 100 mm at end joints.

D. Unit Width: 80 to 100 cm. wide.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

132OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

E. Unit Depth: 30mm to 60mm. F. Rib Spacing: Approximately 200mm (8 inches). G. Deck and Metal Accessories: Galvanize deck and metal accessories in

accordance with ASTM A525, G90 Coating Designation. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS 1. Al-Shamrany Co. Box # 2045, Dammam, Saudi Arabia. 2. HESCO P.O.Box # 1578, Al-Khobar, Saudi Arabia. 3. United Steel Deck, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. General: Install deck units in accordance with approved shop drawings and

manufacturer's recommendations. B. Placing Deck: Accurately position deck units on supporting framework and adjust

to final position with proper bearing before permanently securing. Lap end joints over supporting beams or purlins. Interlock side laps and button punch if required by manufacturer.

C. Securing Deck 1. Securing to Framework: a. Anchor deck by welding bottom of ribs to all structural supports at a

maximum spacing of 300 mm (12") on centers with minimum 16 mm (5/8") diameter puddle welds or elongated welds with equivalent perimeter. Weld first and last ribs of each unit at all supports. Weld longitudinal flutes of perimeter deck units to supporting steel at 250 mm on center. Exercise care to insure that all welds are located directly over supports. All welding shall conform to AWS D1.1.

b. Anchor deck with Zamil SPEDEC SD5 x 25 LG sheeting fastener at

soffect of each panel rib along all steel support beams continuous. 2. Securing Side Laps: Using screws or button punches, fasten side laps

between supports at spacing recommended by manufacturer.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

133OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

D. Installing Accessories: Anchor metal accessories to deck by welding. Install

flexible closures at tops of intersecting walls and elsewhere as indicated. 3.02 COMPLETED WORK A. Field Painting: After welding, immediately clean each weld with a steel brush and

coat with same paint system as used for structural steel prime coat of paint. Do not leave welds unpainted overnight.

B. Adjustments: Repair holes burned through deck to the satisfaction of SAUDI

ARAMCO Representative.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

134OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 5 - METALS

SECTION 05400 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Perform all the WORK required for the construction of all cold-formed metal

framing as shown on the Drawings. B. Nonload-bearing metal stud systems are specified in Section 09250, Gypsum

Board. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply will all applicable codes and standards including,

but not limited to, those listed below: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) A-446 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip

Process, Structural (Physical Quality) A-525 General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated

(Galvanized), by the Hot-Dip Process A-570 Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot Rolled, Structural Quality A-611 Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Structural Quality 2. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES) and SAUDI ARAMCO

Material Systems Specifications (SAMSS) SAES-M-100 SAUDI ARAMCO Building Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer’s product data for each type of framing unit including, but not

limited to geometric properties, gauge, material specifications and installation instructions.

B. Submit load tables showing allowable spans for units based on applicable stress

and deflection criteria.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

135OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver units with bundles tagged and marked with unit type and gage. B. Store units off the ground and protect with covering until installed. C. Exercise care in unloading, storing and erecting units to prevent bending, warping

and twisting and damage to galvanized coating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Types of framing units for this project include the following: 1. Load-bearing punched channel studs 2. C shaped steel joists. B. Studs and joists shall be minimum 16 gauge, of widths as shown on Drawings. C. Fabricate framing units from commercial quality steel sheet conforming to ASTM A-

446, A-570, or A-611 with a minimum yield point of 228 N/mm2 (33000 psi). D. All framing units shall be galvanized with a minimum G60 coating in accordance

with ASTM A-525. E. Provide manufacturer’s standard steel runners, blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes,

fasteners and other accessories as recommended by manufacturer for the application indicated and as needed to provide a complete metal framing system.

F. All framing units shall be designed in accordance with allowable stresses, loads

and deflection criteria as set forth in SAES-M-100 (Uniform Building Code). 1. Interior wall studs shall be capable of resisting a lateral force of 25 kg. per

square meter (5 lbs/sq.ft.) in addition to vertical live and dead loads. Maximum deflection shall be the height of the stud divided by 360.

2. Exterior wall studs shall be capable of resisting wind loads as required by

SAES-M-100 in addition to vertical live and dead loads. Maximum deflection shall be the height of stud divided by 360.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

136OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Dale Industries, Inc. B. USG Industries C. Superior Steel Studs, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install metal framing systems in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and

recommendations unless otherwise indicated. B. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Secure tracks as recommended by

stud manufacturer for type of construction involved. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb

walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing in metal framing system

wherever walls or partitions are indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and furnishings, and similar work.

E. Secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by either welding or screw fastening

at both inside and outside flanges. F. Install horizontal stiffeners in stud system, space (vertical distance) at not more

than 1.4 meters (54 inches) o.c. G. Provide lateral bracing at top of all stud walls which terminate at ceiling. Bracing

shall connect to adjacent structural members or roof/floor system above. H. Provide double studs at jambs of all wall openings. I. Provide additional horizontal studs and diagonal bracing to span all openings in

stud walls. J. Installation of Joists: 1. Install level and plumb, complete with bracing and reinforcing as indicated.

Provide not less than 75 mm (three inches) end bearing. 2. Reinforce ends with end clips, steel hangers, steel angle clips, steel stud

section, or as otherwise recommended by joist manufacturer.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

137OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 5 - METALS

SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Miscellaneous Metals includes items fabricated from iron and steel shapes, plates,

bars, strips, tubes, pipes, and castings as shown on the drawings which are not a part of the structural steel or other metal systems.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards including,


Materials System Specifications (SAMSS): SAES-H-101 Approved Protective Coating Systems SAES-M-001 Basic Criteria for Miscellaneous Steel Structures 09-SAMSS-017 Inorganic Zinc Primer 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM A36 Carbon Structural Steel ASTM A53 Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless

Steel Pipe ASTM A123 Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings, on Products

Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strips.

ASTM A153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A283 Low and Intermediate Strength Carbon Steel Plates ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Bolts & Studs, 60000 psi Tensile ASTM A325 High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

138OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

ASTM A366 Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet (Commercial

Quality) ASTM A500 Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel

Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes ASTM A501 Hot Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel

Structural Tubing 3. American Welding Society (AWS): AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code AWS A2.0 Standard Welding Symbols 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connections, attachments, reinforcing,

anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories in addition to materials to be used and surface finishes. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable.

Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the project drawings and

prepare shop drawings based on actual field measurements. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. B. Manufacturer’s Data: Submit copies of manufacturer’s specifications, load tables,

dimension diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions for products used in fabrication of miscellaneous metal work, including paint products.

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all material to the worksite properly marked to identify the

structure for which it is intended. Marking shall correspond to the marking indicated on shop drawings.

B. Storage: Store all members in a manner for easy access identification and

inspection. Locate steel member off the ground using pallets, platforms or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration.

C. Handling: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacement

necessary to the approval of the Company Representative at no additional cost.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

139OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS The materials shall conform to the respective specifications and standards as follows: A. Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36 B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Plates/Sheets: ASTM A283, A366. D. Pipes: ASTM A53, Grade B. E. Standard Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 Grade A or ASTM A325, Galvanized to

ASTM A153 for Galvanized Components. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Use materials of the size and thicknesses shown, or if not shown, of the required

size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in the finished product for the intended use. All work shall be in accordance with SAES-M-001.

All work shall be true to line and level with accurate angles, surfaces, and straight

sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1 mm unless otherwise shown. Form bent-metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work.

B. General welding requirements and welded construction shall be in accordance with

AWS D1.1. C. Weld corners and seams continuously. At exposed connections, grind exposed

welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. Form exposed connections with hairline joints which are flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible.

Provide anchorage of the type shown, coordinated with the supporting structure.

Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for the intended use in the work.

Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap miscellaneous metal work indicated to receive finish

hardware and similar items of work.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

140OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

D. Provide zinc coating for those items shown on the drawings or specified to be

galvanized, using the hot-dip process after fabrication. 1. ASTM A153 for galvanizing of iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A123 for galvanizing of iron and steel products. E. Shop painting is required for miscellaneous metal work, except those members or

portions of members to be embedded in concrete, surfaces to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Remove scale, rust, and other deleterious materials before the shop coat of paint is applied. Apply one shop coat of metal primer paint to fabricated metal items. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from the first. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on metal primer paint, applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness of 1.5 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and all exposed surfaces.

2.03 PAINTING Refer to Specification Section - 09900: “Painting” for material and application

requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, and free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true

alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on project drawings and shop drawings. Comply

with AWS D1.1 for the procedures of welding, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods to be used in corrective welding work.

D. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing

miscellaneous metal items to inplace construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

141OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 5- METALS

SECTION 05580 – SHEET METAL FABRICATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Work in this section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the provision and

applications of all custom metal fabrication of a finished and for interior and exterior applications for stainless steel fascia and column cladding indicated on the drawings.

1.02 SUBMITTALS :

A. Manufacturer’s Data: Submit copies of manufacturer’s specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions for products to be used in fabrication of miscellaneous metal work.

B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of all

assemblies of architectural metal work. Include in metric dimensions, plans and elevations and include details of sections and connections.. Show anchorage and accessory items. Furnish templates and setting diagrams for anchor installation as required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS : A. Stainless steel Grade 304 No. 8 mirror polished B. Finishes – per AAMA standards and free of scratches and blemishes 2.02 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers: 1. Zamil Art Glass & Architectural Metal Work Zamil art Glass P.O Box 1633 Dammam 31441 Saudi Arabia Tel # 03 –847 1666 Fax # 03 –847 2122

SECTION 05580

1 of 2

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

142OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2.02 FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. Workmanship:

1. Use materials of size and thickness shown or if not shown of required size thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in finished product for intended use. Work from dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials shown or specified for various components of work.

2. All fasteners to be concealed. Tolerances as specified and each course

fabricated in two or more sections. 3. Provide for anchorage of type shown coordinated with structure. Fabricate

and space anchoring devices as shown and as required providing adequate for intended use of work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION:

A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners

where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal items to in-place construction; including other connectors as required.

B. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for

installation of miscellaneous metal items. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation. Plumb, level true and measured from established line levels.

C. Connections: Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline

joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grid joints smooth and touch-up shop coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade surfaces of units which are galvanized and intended for bolted or screwed field connections.

3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:

A. Clean finished surfaces with products and procedures as recommended by manufacturer.

B. Protection: Protect the work. Protect stainless steel with plastic, wrapping during

construction. Repair or replaced damages work as required by Saudi Aramco.

END OF SECTION


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

143OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

DIVISION 5 - METALS

SECTION 05720 – ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESSCRIPTION; This section covers the engineering, fabrication and installation of stainless steel

handrails and glass supported handrails and railing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08800 GLAZING 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers.

B. ASTM; A 269 Specification for Seamless and Welded Stainless Steel Tubing for

General Services. C. ASTM; A 276 Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. D. ASTM; A 312 Specification for Seamless and welded Austenitic Stainless Steel

Pipe.

E. General Service Administration (GSA), Federal Specifidations (FS).

1. DD-G 1403 Glass, Plate (Float), Sheet, Figured, and Spandrel (Heat Strengthened and Fully Tempered

F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience

and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.

G. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing through one source from a single

manufacturer. H. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent

testing agency to test handrails and railings for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. 1. Fabricate and install test assemblies using personnel who will perform the

same tasks for Project. SECTION 05720 1 of 12

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

144OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

2. Select sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of handrails and railings to comply with performance requirements.

3. When testing is complete, remove assemblies; do not reuse materials on

Project.

I. Mockups: Before installing handrails and railings, build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Engineer.

2. Build mockups as shown on Drawings. 3. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups

will be constructed. 4. Obtain Engineer's approval of mockups before fabricating ornamental

handrails and railings. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a

standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed

at time of Substantial Completion. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: In engineering handrails and railings to withstand structural loads

indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of materials based on the following:

1. Stainless Steel: ASCE 8, "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed

Stainless Steel Structural Members." 2. Cold-Formed Structural Steel: AISI SG-673, Part I, "Specification for the

Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members." 3. For fully tempered glass in glass-supported handrails and railings, use a

safety factor of 4 applied to the applicable modulus of rupture listed in "Mechanical Properties" in AAMA Aluminum Curtain Wall Series No. 12, "Structural Properties of Glass."

B. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings

capable of withstanding the following structural loads without exceeding allowable design working stress of materials for handrails, railings, anchors, and connections:


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

145OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1. Top Rail of Guards: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied at any point and in any

direction. b. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (730 N/m) applied horizontally and

concurrently with uniform load of 100 lbf/ft. (1460 N/m) applied vertically downward.

c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act

concurrently.

2. Handrails Not Serving As Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied at any point and in any

direction. b. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (730 N/m) applied in any direction. c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act

concurrently.

B. Glass-Supported Handrails: Provide glass-supported handrails capable of withstanding loads indicated. Support each section of top rail by a minimum of three glass panels or by other means so top rail will remain in place if any one panel fails.

C. Thermal Movements: Provide handrails and railings that allow for thermal

movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F

(100 deg C), material surfaces.

D. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For manufacturer's product lines of handrails and railings assembled from standard components.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

146OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1. Include Product Data for grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of handrails and railings. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work.

1. For installed handrails and railings indicated to comply with design loads,

include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

2. For illuminated handrails and railings, include wiring diagrams and

roughing-in details. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of

colors available for products with factory-applied color finishes. D. Samples for Initial Selection: Short sections of railing or flat sheet metal Samples

showing available mechanical finishes. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on

components indicated below and of same thickness and metal indicated for the Work. If finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. 1. 6-inch- (150-mm-) long sections of each different linear railing member,

including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters. 2. Fittings and brackets. 3. Welded connections. 4. Brazed connections. 5. Assembled Samples of railings, made from full-size components, including

top rail, post, handrail, and infill. Show method of finishing members at intersections. Samples need not be full height.

F. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article

to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of Architects, Engineers and Owners, and other information specified.

G. Product Test Reports: Indicating products comply with requirements, based on

comprehensive testing of current products. 1.06 STORAGE

A. Store handrails and railings in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place in a manner to avoid damage. Stacking shall be done in a way top prevent bending.

B. Keep handling on site to a minimum. Exercise particular care to avoid damage to

finishes of materials. SECTION 05720 4 of 12

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

147OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify handrail and railing dimensions by field measurements

before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

1.08 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for handrails and railings. Furnish Setting Drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

1.09 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule installation so handrails and railings are mounted only on completed

walls. Do not support temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Metal Industries Plant Tel: 8997700 Fax: 9663 8123500 B. Julius Blum & Co., Inc., C. Blumcraft of Pittsburgh Saudi Pan Gulf Tel: 8572025 Fax: 9663 8575067 D. Architectural Metal Works Or approved equal.

2.02 METALS

A. General: Provide metal free from pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,

discolorations, and other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units. B. Stainless Steel: Grade or type designated below for each form required.

1. Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT 316L. 2. Pipe: ASTM A 312/A 312M, Grade TP 316L.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

148OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

3. Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M, Grade CF 8M or CF 3M. 4. Plate: ASTM A 666, Type 316L.

C. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material

and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Provide cast brackets with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt.

2.03 GLASS PRODUCTS AND GLAZING MATERIALS

A. Glass Railing System: Shall be similar to JB Glass Railing from Jolius Blum Metal System used with 10.76” laminated glass panels as structural balusters.

B. Components:

1. Handrail and Tubing: Handrail tubing shall be of roll formed 304 stainless

steel type 1430 1.9” thick satin finish. 2. Handrail assembly: Handrail assembly shall be provided to protect top

edge of the glass panel and fits closely inside the handrail moulding and shall be polyvinyl chloride PVC; Blum type # 8713.

3. Handrail Corner Bends: Stainless steel corner bends matching with

handrail profile without the recess on the underside. Mitered corners shall be provided for the most round tubular shapes and shall be attached to handrail by use of internal connector sleeves and structural epoxy.

4. Shoe Moulding: Shoe moulding shall be flush mounted type and shall be

designed to support a design load of 300 lbs. applied at any point at the top of railing up to 42” height. Shoe molding shall be extruded alloy 6063-T52 type, Blum # 1143. A resilient setting block support and cushions the lower edge of the glass shall be provided and shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Blum # 8711.

2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Filler Metal and Electrodes: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as

recommended by producer of metal to be welded or brazed and as required for color match, strength, corrosion resistance, and compatibility in fabricated items.

2.05 FASTENERS

A. Fasteners for Anchoring Handrails and Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring handrails and railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

149OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1. For stainless-steel handrails and railings, use fasteners fabricated from Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel.

2. For steel handrails, railings, and fittings, use plated fasteners complying

with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating.

B. Fasteners for Interconnecting Handrail and Railing Components: Use fasteners fabricated from same basic metal as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined. 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for

attaching them to other Work, unless otherwise indicated. 2.06 PAINT

A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal

modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.

B. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer formulated for

priming zinc-coated steel and for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and complying with SSPC-Paint 5.

C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12 but

containing no asbestos fibers, or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

2.07 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT

A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

B. Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining,

hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use.

2.08 FABRICATION

A. Assemble handrails and railings in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

150OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Form changes in direction of railing members as follows:

1. By radius bends of radius indicated. 2. By any method indicated above, applicable to change in direction involved.

C. Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform

curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain profile of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components.

D. Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings for connecting members by

welding. Cope components at perpendicular and skew connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld connections continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength

and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so

no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces.

E. Mechanical Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings by connecting members

with railing manufacturer's standard concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. 1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using epoxy structural adhesive

where this is manufacturer's standard splicing method.

F. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide manufacturer's standard wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to connect handrail and railing members to other construction.

G. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices to connect handrails and railings to

concrete or masonry. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by handrails and railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure.

H. For railing posts set in concrete, provide preset sleeves of steel not less than 6

inches (150 mm) long with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm) larger than outside dimensions of post, and steel plate forming bottom closure.

I. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs from exposed cut

edges. SECTION 05720 8 of 12

B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

151OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

J. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the Work.

K. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap components, as indicated, to receive finish hardware,

screws, and similar items. L. Provide weep holes or another means to drain entrapped water in hollow sections

of railing members that are exposed to exterior or to moisture from condensation or other sources.

M. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a watertight manner. N. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.

2.09 GLAZING PANEL FABRICATION

A. Glass Panels: Cut laminated glass to final size and shape before heat treatment; provide for proper edge clearance and bite on glass. Provide thickness indicated, but not less than that required to support structural loads.

B. Straight Panels: Providelaminated glass panels for straight sections.

2.10 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a

strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment. 2.11 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES

A. Remove or blend tool and die marks and stretch lines into finish.

B. Satin finish.

C. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

152OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing handrails and railings. Set handrails and railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free from rack.

1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been

coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting.

2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m). 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel

with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (5 mm in 3 m).

C. Adjust handrails and railings before anchoring to ensure alignment at abutting

joints. Space posts at interval indicated, but not less than that required by structural loads.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where

necessary for securing handrails and railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction.

3.02 RAILING CONNECTIONS

A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing components. Use wood blocks and padding to prevent damage to railing members and fittings. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of handrails and railings.

B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing

components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in shop or in field.

3.03 ANCHORING POSTS

A. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches (125 mm) deep and 3/4 inch (20 mm) greater than OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with the following anchoring material, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions:

1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement.

B. Cover anchorage joint with a flange of same metal as post, attached to post as follows: 1. Welded to post after placing anchoring material.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

153OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

C. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with flanges, angle or floor type as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows:

1. For stainless-steel railings, weld flanges to post and bolt to metal supporting

members. 3.04 ANCHORING RAIL ENDS

A. Anchor rail ends to concrete and masonry with sleeves concealed within rail ends and anchored with postinstalled anchors and bolts.

B. Anchor rail ends to concrete and masonry with flanges connected to rail ends and

anchored with postinstalled anchors and bolts. C. Anchor rail ends to concrete and masonry with brackets on underside of rail

connected to rail ends and anchored with postinstalled anchors and bolts. D. Anchor rail ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces.

1. Weld flanges to rail ends.

3.05 ATTACHING HANDRAILS TO WALLS

A. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets. Provide bracket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface.

B. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support

structural loads. C. Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows:

1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields

and hanger or lag bolts. 2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts.

3.06 INSTALLING GLASS PANELS A. Glass-Supported Handrails: Install assembly to comply with railing manufacturer's

written instructions. Attach base channel to building structure, then insert and connect factory-fabricated and -assembled glass panels.

1. Erect glass handrails and railings under direct supervision of manufacturer's

authorized technical personnel.

B. Glass-Supported Handrails: Install assembly to comply with railing manufacturer's written instructions. Attach base channel to building structure, then insert glass into base channel and bond with glazing cement.


B

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

RE

VN

O.

JO/E

WO

DAT

EO

PRN

SEN

GG

PMT

CER

T

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DATE:

DA

TE:

BY

:

CO

NTR

OL

NU

MB

ER

PROJECTENGINEER

CONSTRUCTIONAGENCY

DISCIPLINEENGINEER

VE

RIF

ICA

TIO

NE

DS

D R

EV

ISIO

N C

ER

TIF

ICA

TE

THIS

IND

ICAT

ES T

HA

T R

EV.

NO

.___

____

___

OF

THIS

DR

AWIN

G IS

CO

VER

ED

, FO

R A

LL

APP

RO

VAL

/CER

TIFI

CAT

ION

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

,

BY

DR

AWIN

G C

OM

PLET

ION

CE

RTI

FIC

ATE

(DC

C) N

O. _

____

____

____

____

____

OPERATIONS

CERTIFIED

154OF 154

DOC A RE-SK0001

JO / EWO:

00

BI-10-8014

10-0

8014

-000

1-00

1

00

A. M. JUNDI

JUNE-05

AM

J

ZFP

ISSU

ED F

OR

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

10-8

014

JUN

E-05

00


KHURSANIYAH


THIS

DR

AWIN

G A

ND

TH

E IN

FOR

MAT

ION

CO

NTA

INED

HER

EIN

AR

E TH

E SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F SA

UD

I AR

AMCO

. N

O R

EPR

OD

UCT

ION

IN

FU

LL O

R I

N P

ART

SHAL

L BE

OBT

AIN

ED F

RO

M T

HIS

DO

CUM

ENT

WIT

HO

UT

THE

WR

ITTE

N C

ON

SEN

T O

F IT

S O

WN

ER.

EDSD/2616-0399.doc


SAUDI ARABIA



JRM

H.K. KHOURY

JUNE-05

JUNE-05

1. Support glass panels in base channel at quarter points with channel-shaped setting blocksthat also act as shims to maintain uniform space for glazing cement. Fill remaining space in base channel with glazing cement for uniform support of glass.

2. Adjust spacing of glass panels so gaps between panels are equal before

placing glazing cement. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.

B. Extent and Testing Methodology: Testing agency will randomly select completed

handrail and railing assemblies for testing that are representative of different railing designs and conditions in the completed Work. Handrails and railings will be tested according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 for compliance with ASTM E 985.

C. Remove and replace handrails and railings where test results indicate that they do

not comply with specified requirements, unless they can be repaired in a manner satisfactory to Engineer and will comply with specified requirements.

D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to

determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.08 CLEANING

A. Clean stainless steel by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing

with clean water. B. Do not use acid solution, steel wool or other harsh abrasives.

C. Clean and polish glass.

3.09 PROTECTION

A. Protect finishes of handrails and railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at the time of Substantial Completion.

B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no

evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units.

END OF SECTION


8 Spec154 General Reequirements

Documents

docjo ewo

hunter industries incorporated

los angeles machine

flexible elastomeric seals

discipline engineer jrm

8014discipline engineer jrm

maximum water cement ratio

causing grain separation